2020 Chevrolet Camaro Owner's Manual | Chevrolet Canada · 2020-01-29 · Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual. This manual describes features that may or may

84295534 A

2020

2020

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84295534A_2019MAY23.ai 1 4/11/2019 1:49:04 PM20_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84295534A_2019MAY23.ai 1 4/11/2019 1:49:04 PM

Chevrolet Camaro Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-13556304) - 2020 - CRC - 5/10/19

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 91

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 137

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 152

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 304

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 325

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 335

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem,CAMARO, and the CAMAROEmblem are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84295534 A First Printing ©2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

g : First Responder

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

_ : High Voltage

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Seat Belt Reminders

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator


Introduction 5

Instrument Panel Overview


6 Introduction

1. Air Vents 0 150.

2. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 133.

3. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 130.

Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals0 133.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 130.

4. Tap Shift (If Equipped). SeeManual Mode 0 185.

Active Rev Match 0 190 (IfEquipped).

5. Instrument Cluster 0 98.

6. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 92.

7. Infotainment 0 137.

8. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 131.

9. Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 143 orDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 146 (If Equipped).

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 48 (If Equipped).

10. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 183 orManual Transmission 0 187.

11. Power Outlets 0 94.

12. Electric Parking Brake 0 192.

13. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 194.

Driver Mode Control 0 196.

14. Hazard Warning Flashers0 132.

15. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 174.

16. Steering Wheel Controls 0 92.

Driver Information Center (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

17. Audio Controls. See SteeringWheel Controls 0 92.

18. Horn 0 92.

19. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 92 (Out of View).

20. Cruise Control 0 202.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 92 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208 (If Equipped).

21. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 120(If Equipped).

22. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp 0 109.

Hood Release (Out of View).See Hood 0 222.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 16Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 20Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

DoorsTrunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 24Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 25

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 27Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 27Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 27Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, can beused for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the side of the RKE transmitternear the bottom, and pull the keyout. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 329.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 339.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 335.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” later in thissection.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away outside thevehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.



With Remote Start Shown

Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 124.

If the driver door is open when Q is

pressed and Open DoorAnti-Lockout is enabled, all doorswill lock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124. If the

passenger door is open when Q is

pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarm

system. See Vehicle Alarm System0 24.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound toindicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Pressing K will disarm the alarm

system. See Vehicle Alarm System0 24.

If equipped, press and hold K on

the RKE transmitter to open thewindows remotely, if enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 124.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press and

hold/ for at least four seconds to

start the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 16.

X : Press twice quickly to releasethe trunk.

M : If equipped, press andrelease K, then immediately press

and holdM continuously to open

the convertible top all the way. Thevehicle must be off to operate theconvertible top with the RKEtransmitter. The top will stopmovement approximately

one second afterM is released.

To stop the top immediately, press7, K, or Q on the RKE transmitter.M will only open theconvertible top.

The convertible top can also beopened using a button in theoverhead console. See ConvertibleTop 0 34.



7 : Press and release to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lampsflash and the horn chirps threetimes.

Press and hold 7 for at least

three seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for 30 seconds,

or until 7 is pressed again or the

ignition is turned on.

Convertible Top. Do not try to start the vehicle

while using the RKE transmitterto open the convertible top.ReleaseM on the RKEtransmitter and ENGINE START/STOP. Wait a few secondsbefore starting the vehiclenormally.

. The passive door unlock featuremay not operate properly whileusing the RKE transmitter toopen the convertible top.

The convertible top can also beopened using a button in theoverhead console. See ConvertibleTop 0 34.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the trunk without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter should be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk or door beingopened. There will be buttons onthe outside door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. Keyless Access canalso be turned Off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

If equipped with memory seats, RKEtransmitters 1 and 2 are linked tothe seating positions of memory 1 or2. See Memory Seats 0 44.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door handle, pressingthe lock/unlock button on the driverdoor handle will unlock the driverdoor. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds,the passenger door will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:


Keys, Doors, and Windows 11. It has been more than

five seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the passenger door handle,pressing the lock/unlock button onthe passenger door handle willunlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andTrunk

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and trunk canbe disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press andhold Q and K on the RKEtransmitter at the same time forapproximately three seconds. Theturn signal lamps will flash fourtimes quickly to indicate access isdisabled. Using any exterior handleto unlock the doors or open thetrunk will cause the turn signallamps to flash four times quickly,indicating access is disabled.If disabled, disarm the alarm systembefore starting the vehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press andhold Q and K on the RKEtransmitter at the same time forapproximately three seconds. The

turn signal lamps will flash twicequickly to indicate access isenabled.

Passive Locking

With Keyless Access the vehicle willlock several seconds after all doorsare closed if the vehicle is off and atleast one transmitter has beenremoved or none remain in thevehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,Start” under Vehicle Personalization0 124.



Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 124.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 124.

Keyless Trunk Opening

When the doors are locked, pressthe touch pad to open the trunk ifthe RKE transmitter is within1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 18.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Remove the key from the RKEtransmitter.

2. Place the two recognizedtransmitters in the rearcupholder in the centerconsole.



3. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 18. Insertthe vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key to theunlock position five times within10 seconds.

4. The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE #3, 4 or 5, 6,7, or 8.

5. Replace the recognizedtransmitters with a newtransmitter. Place the new

transmitter in the rearcupholder in the centerconsole.

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press Kor Q.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

8. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

9. Replace the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 18.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.


2. Remove the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 18. Insertthe vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key to theunlock position five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.



3. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC display will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

5. Place the new transmitter intothe rear cupholder in the centerconsole.

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter fromthe cupholder and press Kor Q.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

8. Put the key back into thetransmitter.

9. Replace the key lock cylindercap on the driver door handle.See Door Locks 0 18.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE.

To start the vehicle:



1. Place the transmitter in the rearcupholder in the centerconsole.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and ENGINESTART/STOP.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Never allow children to play withthe RKE transmitter. Thetransmitter contains a smallbattery, which can be a chokinghazard. If swallowed, internalburns can occur, resulting insevere injury or death. Seekmedical attention immediately if abattery is swallowed.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Caution

Replacing the battery with anincorrect type could potentiallycreate a risk of battery explosion.Dispose of used batteriesaccording to instructions.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:



1. Press the button on the side ofthe RKE transmitter and pullthe key out. Never pull the keyout without pressing the button.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

6. Reinsert the key.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if equipped with remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdefogger and heated and ventilatedseats, if equipped, may also comeon. See "Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats" in Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 48 and"Remote Start Auto Heat Seats" or"Remote Start Auto Cool Seats" inVehicle Personalization 0 124.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.



Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately after completingStep 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

When the engine starts, theparking lamps will turn on andremain on as long as theengine is running. Thevehicle's doors will be lockedand the climate control systemmay come on.

The engine will continue to runfor 15 minutes. After30 seconds, repeat the steps

for a 15-minute time extension.Remote start can be extendedonly once.

Start the vehicle before driving.

If the vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 15 minutes,if during the first 15 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested,30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 30 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 15-minute period isadded on to the first 15 minutes fora total of 30 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition must be turned on andthen off before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate if:

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The vehicle is not off.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.


18 Keys, Doors, and Windows. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

doors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

. Use Keyless Access. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

. Use the key in the driver door.The key cylinder is covered witha cap.

To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Pulling an interior door handlewill unlock the door. Pulling thedoor handle again unlatches it.

Keyless Access



The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the trunk or door beingopened. Press the button on thedoor handle to open. See “KeylessAccess Operation” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap removal is complete.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and lift the key upward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position and hold it openuntil cap installation iscomplete.

2. Insert the two tabs (6) at theback of the cap between theseal (5) and the metal base (4).

3. Slide the cap forward andpress the forward edge toinstall the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



5. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the locking ofthe doors until five seconds after alldoors are closed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Open DoorAnti-Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch while the door isopen, a chime will sound threetimes indicating delayed locking isactive.

The doors will lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed. If a door is reopened beforethat time, the five-second timer willreset when all doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to lock the doorsimmediately.

This feature can also beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Automatic Door LocksWhen the doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) for automatictransmissions, or the vehicle speedis above 13 km/h (8 mph) formanual transmissions, the doorswill lock.



To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a power door lockswitch.

. If equipped with an automatictransmission, shift thetransmission into P (Park).

. If equipped with a manualtransmission, turn the vehicle offwhen parked.

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be enabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY and the power doorlock switch is pressed with thedriver door open, all the doors willlock and only the driver door willunlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKE

transmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Open Door Anti-Lockout

If Open Door Anti-Lockout has beenturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andthe driver door will remain unlocked.The Open Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Doors

Trunk

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, trunk/hatch open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thetrunk/hatch or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle has a powerliftgate, disable the powerliftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

Trunk Release

To open the trunk from outside ofthe vehicle:

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad in the areaabove the license plate afterunlocking all doors.

. For Keyless Access, press thetouch pad in the area above thelicense plate when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe rear of the vehicle.

For automatic transmissions, thevehicle must be in P (Park). Formanual transmissions, the vehiclemust be off, or stationary with theparking brake set.

From inside the vehicle, press|on the lower portion of thedriver door.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe trunk lid. This handle will glow



following exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the trunkfrom the inside.

After pulling the emergency trunkrelease handle, push the handleback into the bezel.

Emergency Trunk Release(Convertible Only)

If the trunk lid cannot be openedusing the RKE transmitter or thetrunk release button:

1. Locate the key extender in theglove box.

2. Locate the manual releasebeside the rear seat cushion onthe driver side.

3. Push down on the upper rearseat cushion on the driver sideuntil the manual release isvisible.


5. Remove any additional itemsattached to the key — such askeys, rings, or tags — thenfully insert the key into themanual release.



6. Place the key extender overthe key head until the keyextender stops.

7. Firmly turn the key clockwise tounlatch the trunk lid.

8. Remove the key.

9. Store the key extender in theglove box.

10. Return the key to the RKEtransmitter.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The security light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicatesthe status of the system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunkis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle with one ofthe following:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.



If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicate apre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated ifthe passenger door, the trunk, or thehood is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the turn signalsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the System

To disarm the system or turn off thealarm if it has been activated, doone of the following:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter after all occupantshave left the vehicle and alldoors are closed.

. Always unlock the vehicle withthe RKE transmitter. Unlockingthe driver door with the key willnot disarm the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, aprevious alarm occurred while thesystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 335.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when the ignition button ispressed and a valid transmitter isfound in the vehicle.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in yourvehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is ever damaged,you may not be able to start yourvehicle.



When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the rear cupholder inthe center console. See “Startingthe Vehicle with a Low TransmitterBattery” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 8.

If the engine does not start with theother transmitter or when thetransmitter is in the rear cupholderin the center console, your vehicleneeds service. See your dealer whocan service the theft-deterrentsystem and have a new transmitterprogrammed to the vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped.

A convex mirror's surface is curvedso more can be seen from thedriver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press} or| to select thedriver or passenger side mirror.The indicator light willilluminate.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror in thedesired position.

3. Adjust each outside mirror sothat a little of the vehicle andthe area behind it can be seen.

4. Press} or| again todeselect the mirror.



Memory Mirrors

The vehicle may have memorymirrors. See Memory Seats 0 44.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)

The vehicle may have SBZA. SeeSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 210.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 211.

Heated MirrorsIf equipped with heated mirrors:

= : The rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 146.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf the vehicle is equipped with anautomatic dimming outside mirror onthe driver side, the mirror will adjustfor the glare of headlampsbehind you.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsIf equipped with memory seats, thepassenger and/or driver mirror tiltsto a preselected position when thevehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisallows the curb to be seen whenparallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the originalposition when:

. The vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), or remains inR (Reverse) for about30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven inR (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, seeVehicle Personalization 0 124.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorIf equipped, push the tab forward fordaytime use and pull it for nighttimeuse to avoid glare from theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.



Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, the automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display.Push the tab to turn it off. When offthe mirror is automatic dimming.Adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle whilethe display is off.

Press V to scroll through theadjustment options.

Presst andu to adjust thesettings using the indicators on themirror. The indicators will remainvisible for five seconds after the lastbutton activation, and the settingswill remain saved.

The adjustment options are:

. Brightness

. Zoom



. Tilt

{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Troubleshooting

See your dealer for service if a bluescreen and3 are displayed inthe mirror, and the display shuts off.Also, push the tab as indicated toreturn to the automaticdimming mode.

The Rear Camera Mirror may notwork properly or display a clearimage if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view. If needed,push the tab to turn off thedisplay.



Coupe Convertible

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The camera’s mounting on thevehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the mountingangle of the camera haschanged.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.



Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout switch to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 7.

Coupe Convertible

Power windows work when thevehicle is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 179.

Using the window switch, press toopen or pull to close the window.

The windows may be temporarilydisabled if the window switches areused repeatedly within a short time.



Window Express Movement

All windows can be opened withoutholding the window switch. Pressthe switch down fully and quicklyrelease to express open thewindow.

If equipped, pull the window switchup fully and quickly release toexpress close the window.

Briefly press or pull the windowswitch in the same direction to stopthat window’s express movement.

Front window express-up motion isdisabled when the correspondingrear window is not fully closed.

Window Selector Switch

This feature allows the windowswitches to operate both the frontand rear windows. Press the front orrear button to operate the desiredwindows. The light will indicatewhich windows are being operated.The default operation is the frontwindows.

Window Automatic ReversalSystem

The express-close feature willreverse window movement if itcomes in contact with an object.Extreme cold or ice could cause thewindow to auto-reverse. Thewindow will operate normally afterthe object or condition is removed.

Automatic Reversal SystemOverride

{ Warning

If automatic reversal systemoverride is active, the window willnot reverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before using automatic reversalsystem override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

When the engine is on, override theautomatic reversal system by pullingand holding the window switch ifconditions prevent it from closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-close,program each express-closewindow:

1. Close all doors.

2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed. Then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Open the window and continueto press the switch briefly afterthe window has fully opened.

Window Operation withConvertible Top

Windows will automatically lowerfully when the convertible top islowered or raised. See ConvertibleTop 0 34.



The rear windows should always beraised before the front windows toensure the best seal.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature allows thewindows to be opened remotely.

If enabled, press and hold K onthe RKE transmitter. See VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Window Indexing

If the window freezes to the door:

1. Push the top of the windowinward while opening the door.

2. Clear all snow and ice from thedoor and glass.

3. Open the window completelyand then close it.

4. Close the door.

When fully closed, indexingautomatically lowers the window asmall amount when the door isopened. When the door is closed,the window will raise to its previousposition. If either window does notindex properly, it could be due to

loss of power. Before seeing yourdealer for service, program thepower windows.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow and, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Roof

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orin ACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 179.

The sunroof switch is on theoverhead console.

Express-Open : Presse to the

second detent and release toexpress-open the sunroof. Press the



switch again to stop the movement.

Press and holdg to close the

sunroof.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holde to open the

sunroof. Press and holdg to

close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Vent : Press and releasee to

vent the sunroof. Press and holdg to close the vent.

A deflector automatically raiseswhen the sunroof is opened andretracts while the sunroof closes.

If the sunshade is closed, it opensautomatically when the sunroofopens past the vented position.

Caution

Forcing the sunshade forward ofthe sliding glass panel may causedamage and the sunroof may not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

operate properly. Always closethe glass panel before closing thesunshade.

The sunshade can be openedmanually, but must be closedmanually.

The sunroof glass panel cannot beopened or closed if the vehicle hasan electrical failure.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroof

operation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

Convertible TopIf equipped with a convertible top,review the following beforeoperating:

{ Warning

While opening or closing theconvertible top, people can beinjured by the moving parts of thetonneau cover or convertible top.Maintain visual contact with thetop while it is being operated.



Caution

Follow these guidelines whenoperating the convertible top ordamage can occur:

. Remove all items from theroof, trunk lid, or tonneaucover before operating.

. Remove all objects from thetrunk that may contact theconvertible top when it isoperated.

. Do not leave the vehiclewith the convertibletop open.

. Do not exceed 50 km/h(31 mph) until the top hascompletely closed oropened.

. Do not open or close the topwhile driving in high windconditions.

. Do not operate theconvertible top multipletimes in a short period of

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

time without starting theengine to avoid draining thevehicle battery.

. Do not open or store theconvertible top when it isdirty or wet. This couldresult in stains, mildew,or other damage.

. Only store the vehicle withthe top fully closed.

Caution

When the convertible top is open,there are sliding covers next tothe rear seat on each side of thevehicle. Do not press down on ormove these covers as damagemay occur to the covers or theconvertible top.

Opening the Convertible Top

Using the Overhead ConsoleSwitch

1. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the rear trunkpartition. Place the partition inthe rear storage area in theupright position. Fasten bothsides of the partition to theposts just below the tonneaucover. See Rear Storage 0 89.

2. Close the trunk.

3. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.



4. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) andwill stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

5. Press and hold the bottom ofM. The windows willautomatically lower.

6. After the convertible top iscompletely open, a DriverInformation Center (DIC)message displays. Release theswitch.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalization beingloaded.

Using the RKE Transmitter

1. If equipped, press andrelease K, and thenimmediately press and holdM continuously to open theconvertible top all the way. Thevehicle must be off to operatethe convertible top with theRKE transmitter.

2. The top will stop movementapproximately one secondafter K is released. To stop the

top immediately, press 7, K,

or Q on the RKE transmitter.M will only open theconvertible top.

See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System 0 8 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Closing the Convertible Top

The RKE transmitter cannot be usedto close the convertible top.

1. Make sure the sun visors arestored in the center mountposition.

2. Remove all objects from thetop of the tonneau cover andforward of the partition. Placethe partition in the rear storagearea in the upright position.Fasten both sides of thepartition to the posts just belowthe tonneau cover. See RearStorage 0 89.

3. Close the trunk.

4. Start the vehicle or place it inACC/ACCESSORY.

5. When possible, operate theconvertible top when thevehicle is stopped. The top canbe operated while drivingbelow 50 km/h (31 mph) and



will stop if that speed isexceeded. The top operationwill take approximately25 seconds. Make sure the topoperation can be completedbefore that speed is reached.

6. Press and hold the top ofM.The windows will automaticallylower.

7. After the convertible top iscompletely closed, a DICmessage displays. Release theswitch. Raise the windows ifneeded.

If the radio is on, the sound may bemuted for a brief time due to a newaudio system equalization beingloaded.

Troubleshooting

Check the following if theconvertible top switchM is notoperating:

. The ignition should be on or inACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) shouldbe active.

. The trunk lid should be closedand the trunk partition in place.A DIC message will display.

. If the ONLY MANUALOPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message isdisplayed on the DIC, see“Manual Movement of Top” laterin this section.

. At cooler outside temperatures,the convertible top may notopen. It is possible to close thetop down to temperatures ofabout 0 °C (32 °F). A DICmessage will display if the top

will not open due to lowtemperature. If necessary, movethe vehicle to a heated indoorarea to operate the top.

. If the top has recently beencycled repeatedly or left in anintermediate state, it will betemporarily disabled. A DICmessage displays. Normaloperation will be restored within10 minutes after the system hascooled.

. If the vehicle battery is low, thepower top operation may bedisabled. Try to start the vehicle.A DIC message displays.

. If the battery has recently beenreconnected or if the vehicle hasbeen jump started, the top maynot operate until the powerwindows have been indexed.Complete the power windowindexing procedure. See PowerWindows 0 31.

Other features may be affectedwhile operating the convertible top:


38 Keys, Doors, and Windows. The trunk can only be opened

with the key until the convertibletop is completely opened orclosed.

. The windows cannot close whilethe top is moving.

. When driving with the top notfully secured, chimes can beheard above 80 km/h (50 mph).

If the vehicle battery has beendisconnected and reconnected, thefuses were pulled or replaced, or ajump start was performed, the TOPNOT SECURE message maydisplay. Press and holdM toopen/close the top until thismessage is cleared.

Partial Top Cycling

If the convertible top operation isstopped before completion, the topwill temporarily hold its position.If the ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, the top will be heldfor up to five minutes, then pulsedown. If the vehicle is moving or off,the amount of time will vary from afew seconds to about a minute.

Beeps and DIC messages will bedisplayed before the top will move.When this occurs, immediately finishthe convertible top operation bypressingM again until itcompletes.

If the top cannot be secured, keepclear of the top components. Insome conditions the top may movequickly.

Do not drive with the convertible topin an unsecured position. The topcomponents may moveunexpectedly. In some cases thetop may not be able to be poweroperated. If this occurs, follow theDIC messages displayed.

If the tonneau cover is not securedand latched, and the vehicle ismoving above 10 km/h (6 mph), thetonneau cover may automaticallymove to a stable position.

Manual Movement of Top

If the DIC displays the ONLYMANUAL OPERATION OF TOPPOSSIBLE message:

1. PressM to either open orclose the top. Press the switchin the opposite direction if onedoes not work.

2. If the top moves, continuepressing the switch in thatdirection for at leastfive seconds. The top shouldthen work normally.

If the top does not respond in eitherdirection, take it to your dealer forservice. If the top is retracted butnot latched, use the followingprocedure to manually close theconvertible top and tonneau cover ifneeded. This requires more thanone person.



1. On each side of the tonneaucover, lift and pivot rearwardinto the fully open position.Hold the front and rear of thetonneau cover at thesame time.

2. Lift and move the convertibletop forward by pulling on bothsides of the front bow into thefully closed position.

3. Lock the front of the convertibletop to the frame by popping outthe small cover, inserting a hexwrench, and turning clockwiseuntil it stops.

4. Lift up the tension bow on bothsides and raise the tonneaucover to approximately the halfraised position, and then allowit to slide into the closedposition.

5. Lower the tension bow.

The vehicle can now be driven toyour dealer for service. Theconvertible top will not becompletely waterproof and shouldnot be driven over 80 km/h (50 mph)in this position.

Cleaning the Convertible Top

The convertible top should becleaned often. Do not usehigh-pressure car washes as thesemay cause water to enter thevehicle.

Hand wash the convertible top inpartial shade. Use mild soap,lukewarm water, and a soft sponge.



A chamois or cloth may leave lint onthe top, and a brush can chafe thethreads in the top fabric. Do not usedetergents, harsh cleaners,solvents, or bleaching agents.

Wet the entire top and let the soapremain on the fabric for a fewminutes. Wash evenly to avoidspots or rings. When the top is verydirty, use a mild foam-type cleaner.Thoroughly rinse the entire vehicle,then let the top dry in direct sunlight.

To protect the convertible top:

. Make sure the convertible top iscompletely dry before lowering it.

. Do not get any cleaner on thevehicle's painted finish; it couldleave streaks.


Seats and Restraints 41

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 43Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 44Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Heated and Ventilated Front

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 56Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 59When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Passenger Sensing System . . . 64Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 68Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 69Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Infants and Young Children . . . . 72Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 74Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 76Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 77

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


42 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle’s front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down, andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front outboard head restraintsare not removable.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

To adjust the seat position:

1. Pull up on the handle at thefront of the seat cushion tounlock it.

2. Move the seat forward orrearward and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work withthe ignition off. Children couldoperate the power seats and beinjured. Never leave childrenalone in the vehicle.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding thehorizontal control forward orrearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the horizontal control upor down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the entire horizontalcontrol up or down.



Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

To adjust the seatback:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.

Memory Seats

If equipped, memory seats allow twodrivers to save and recall theirunique seat positions for driving thevehicle, and a shared exit positionfor getting out of the vehicle. Otherfeature positions may also besaved, such as power mirrors andpower steering wheel, if equipped.



Memory positions are linked to RKEtransmitter 1 or 2 for automaticmemory recalls.

Before saving, adjust all availablememory feature positions. Turn thevehicle on and then press andrelease SET; a beep will sound.Then immediately press and hold 1,2, orB (Exit) until two beepssound. To manually recall thesepositions, press and hold 1, 2, orBuntil the saved position is reached.Follow the instructions under“Saving Memory Positions.”

The vehicle identifies the currentdriver’s RKE transmitter number(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. OnlyRKE transmitters 1 and 2 can beused for automatic memory recalls.A Driver Information Center (DIC)welcome message indicating thetransmitter number may display forthe first few ignition cycles followinga transmitter change. For Seat EntryMemory to work properly, save thepositions to the memory button (1 or2) matching the RKE transmitternumber displayed in the DIC

welcome message. Carry the linkedRKE transmitter when entering thevehicle.

Vehicle Personalization Settings

. To have the Seat Entry Memorymovement begin when thevehicle is started, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Entry Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Entry Memory”later in this section.

. To begin Seat Exit Memorymovement when the vehicle isturned off and the driver door isopened, or when the vehicle isturned off with the driver dooralready opened, select theSettings menu, then Vehicle,then Seating Position, and thenSeat Exit Memory. Select On orOff. See “Seat Exit Memory”later in this section.

. See Vehicle Personalization0 124 for additional settinginformation.

Identifying Driver Number

To identify the driver number:

1. Move your RKE transmitteraway from the vehicle.

2. Start the vehicle with anotherkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber for the other RKEtransmitter. Turn the vehicle offand remove the key or RKEtransmitter from the vehicle.

3. Start the vehicle with the initialkey or RKE transmitter. TheDIC should display the drivernumber of your RKEtransmitter.

Saving Memory Positions

Read these instructions completelybefore saving memory positions.

To save preferred driving positions1 and 2:

1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

A DIC welcome message mayindicate driver number 1 or 2.



2. Adjust all available memoryfeatures to the desired drivingposition.

3. Press and release SET; a beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold the1 or 2 memory button matchingthe above DIC welcomemessage until two beepssound.

If too much time passesbetween releasing SET andpressing 1, the memoryposition will not be saved andtwo beeps will not sound.Repeat Steps 3 and 4.

1 or 2 corresponds to the drivernumber. See “Identifying DriverNumber” previously in thissection.

5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a seconddriver using 1 or 2.

To save the position forB andSeat Exit Memory features, repeatSteps 1–4 usingB. This saves theposition for getting out of thevehicle.

Save preferred memory featurepositions to both 1 and 2 if you arethe only driver.

Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB to recallthe previously saved memorypositions if you are driver 1 or 2identified in the DIC welcomemessage.

To stop Manual Memory recallmovement, release 1, 2, orB orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET

. Power mirror, with the driver orpassenger side mirror selected

. Power steering wheel,if equipped

Seat Entry Memory

The vehicle identifies the number ofthe current driver’s RKE transmitter(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 8. If theRKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Seat

Entry Memory is enabled in vehiclepersonalization, the positions savedto the same memory button number1 or 2 are automatically recalledwhen the vehicle is turned on,or turned from off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE transmitters 3–8will not provide automatic memoryrecalls.

To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,see “Vehicle PersonalizationSettings” previously in this sectionand Vehicle Personalization 0 124.

If equipped with an automatictransmission, the shift lever must bein P (Park) to start Seat EntryMemory recall. Seat Entry Memoryrecall will complete if the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park) prior toreaching the saved memoryposition.

If equipped with a manualtransmission, the parking brakemust be set to start Seat EntryMemory recall. Seat Entry Memoryrecall will complete if the parkingbrake is released prior to reachingthe saved memory position.



To stop Seat Entry Memory recallmovement, turn the vehicle off orpress any of the following controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



If the saved memory seat positiondoes not automatically recall orrecalls to the wrong positions, thedriver’s RKE transmitter number (1or 2) may not match the memorybutton number that positions weresaved to. Try storing the position tothe other memory button or try theother RKE transmitter.

Seat Exit Memory

Seat Exit Memory is not linked to anRKE transmitter. The position savedtoB is used for all drivers. To turnSeat Exit Memory on or off, see"Vehicle Personalization Settings"previously in this section andVehicle Personalization 0 124.

If turned on, the position saved toB is automatically recalled whenone of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver door open.

To stop Seat Exit Memorymovement, press any of thefollowing memory controls:

. Power seat

. Memory SET, 1, 2, orB



Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or power steering wheelwhile recalling a memory position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction and try the recall again.If the memory position still does notrecall, see your dealer.

Seatback Latches

To access the rear seats, pull up onthe latch on the top of the driver orfront passenger seatback. Fold theseatback forward.

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.



To return the seatback to the uprightposition, lift the seatback andmanually push it rearward until itlocks in place. Push and pull on theseatback to make sure it is locked.

Do not use the power recline controlon the outboard side of the seat toraise the seatback. See RecliningSeatbacks 0 44.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

overheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If available, the engine must berunning to operate.

Press L or M to turn on the heatedseat. A light indicates this featureis on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting, and onelight indicates the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Press { or C to turn on theventilated seat. A light indicates thisfeature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the ventilated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then the off setting. Three lightsindicate the highest setting, and onelight indicates the lowest.

Remote Start Heated andVentilated Seats

If equipped, the heated seats willturn on automatically during aremote start if it is cold outside andthe ventilated seats will turn onautomatically if it is hot outside. Theheated and ventilated seatindicators may not come on duringthis operation.

The heated and ventilated seatsmay cancel when the vehicle isstarted. These features can bemanually selected after the ignitionis turned on.



The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalization menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 16 andVehicle Personalization 0 124.

Rear SeatsIf equipped, the coupe seat can befolded for more cargo space. Therear seat has two designatedseating positions. Fold the seat onlywhen the vehicle is parked.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Pull on the strap on the top ofthe rear seatback.

2. Fold the seatback down.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

Lift the seatback up to raise it, andpush it back to lock it into place.Make sure the seat belt is nottwisted or caught in the seatback.

Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is locked intoposition.



Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 107.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 70 orInfants and Young Children 0 72.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,

this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.



Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.



{ Warning

The seat belt can be pinched if itis routed under plastic trim on theseat, such as trim around the rearseatback folding handle or sideairbag. In a crash, pinched seatbelts might not be able to provideadequate protection. Never allowseat belts to be routed underplastic trim pieces.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. See Child RestraintSystems 0 74. If this occurs, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the locking

feature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward orrecline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lockreleases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 64.

On some models, if theshoulder portion of the driverbelt is pulled out all the way,the shoulder belt retractor lockfeature may be engaged. If thishappens, let the belt go backall the way and start again. Seethe Camaro High Performancesupplement for moreinformation.



3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 55.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure theseat belt is out of the way. If a dooris slammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner



activation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 56.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguides.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For more



information on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep aseat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 107.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 56.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 108.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

The vehicle may have the followingairbags:

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback or side of theseat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:



{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 60.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 70 orInfants and Young Children 0 72.



There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 108.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On coupe models, the driver andfront outboard passengerseat-mounted side impact airbagsare in the sides of the seatbacksclosest to the door.



Convertible Models, Driver SideShown, Passenger Side Similar

On convertible models, the driverand front outboard passengerseat-mounted side impact airbagsare in the sides of the seatbacksclosest to the door.

Coupe Models, Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On coupe models, the roof-railairbags for the driver, front outboardpassenger, and second rowoutboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 57.Airbags are designed to inflate if the



impact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used topredict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

The vehicle may have a seatposition sensor that enables thesensing system to monitor theposition of the front outboardpassenger seat. If equipped, thepassenger seat position sensor andthe passenger seat belt buckleprovide information that is used todetermine if the passenger kneeairbag should inflate.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags, if equipped, aredesigned to inflate in moderate tosevere side crashes depending onthe location of the impact. Inaddition, these roof-rail airbags aredesigned to inflate during a rolloveror in a severe frontal impact.Roof-rail airbags are not designedto inflate in rear impacts. Bothroof-rail airbags will inflate wheneither side of the vehicle is struck,if the sensing system predicts thatthe vehicle is about to roll over onits side, or in a severe frontalimpact.



In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 59.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags,if equipped, are designed to helpcontain the head and chest ofoccupants in the outboard seatingpositions in the first and secondrows. The rollover capable roof-railairbags are designed to help reducethe risk of full or partial ejection inrollover events, although no systemcan prevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 60.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 59.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.



{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignition

off and then on again, the fuelsystem will return to normaloperation; the doors can be locked,the interior lamps can be turned off,and the hazard warning flashers canbe turned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 337andEvent Data Recorders 0 337.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean that



an airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 108.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboard

passenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the OFF indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 108.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size is

sitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person’sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 108 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is presentin a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the ONindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 83 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 85.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat beltlock-off. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to make

sure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 42.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if theON indicator is not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt, letthe belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the ONindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and



“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 334.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:


Seats and Restraints 69. Airbag system, including airbag

modules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or with

GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 64.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 278 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 327.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 108.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 59. See your dealerfor service.



Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 108.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 53.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by

appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate childrestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, thechild restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The instruction manual that isprovided with the child restraintstates the weight and heightlimitations for that particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of child restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle seat beltmay not remain low on the hipbones, as it should. Instead, itmay settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply force on a body areathat is unprotected by any bonystructure. This alone could causeserious or fatal injuries. To reducethe risk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, young childrenshould always be secured in anappropriate child restraint.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 70.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided onthe child restraint

2. Instruction manual providedwith the child restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seat



inspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 64 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additional



passengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in the

vehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

For a forward-facing 5-pt harnesschild restraint where the combinedweight of the child and restraint areup to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either thelower LATCH anchorages with thetop tether anchorage, or the seatbelt with the top tether anchorage.Where the combined weight of thechild and restraint are greater than29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt withthe top tether anchorage only.



Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Restraint Type CombinedWeight of theChild + ChildRestraint

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X

LATCH – LowerAnchors Only

Seat Belt Only LATCH – LowerAnchors and TopTether Anchor

Seat Belt andTop TetherAnchor

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 83orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 85.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure

the child restraint. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 83 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 85.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Convertible models do nothave top tether anchors to secure achild restraint. If a national or local



law requires that the top tether beanchored, do not use a childrestraint in this vehicle because atop tether cannot be properlyanchored.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3,4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat - Coupe Model



I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

Rear Seat - Convertible Model

H : Seating positions with twolower anchors.

Lower Anchors

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in theseat trim.

Top Tether Anchors

On coupe models, the top tetheranchors are on the rear seatbackfiller panel.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover of theanchor.



Convertible models do not have toptether anchors to be used to securea child restraint in any seatingposition.

Be sure to use an anchor locateddirectly behind the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 76 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachment

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

to come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belt. Refer to the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto the child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:



If the child restraint has asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the child restraint has adual tether, route thetether over the seatback.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)of movement, for properinstallation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77 for how and where toinstall your child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 77 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.



In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 76.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt throughor around the child restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 76.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 64 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 108 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 64 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 77 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, theOFF indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 108.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt through



or around the child restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the OFFindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 64.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.


Storage 89

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 89Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 90

Additional Storage FeaturesConvenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxOpen the glove box by lifting up onthe lever. Use the key to lock andunlock the glove box.

Rear Storage

Rear Seat Trunk Access(Coupe)

If equipped, there is access to thetrunk from inside of the vehicle.

Pull the loop on the center of therear seat back. The rear seat backwill fold down.

Rear Trunk Partition

If equipped with a convertible top,there is a trunk partition to keepcargo from getting in the way of theconvertible top. The trunk partitionmust be in place for the convertibletop to move. If the trunk partition isnot properly in place, a message willdisplay and a chime sounds.


90 Storage

The trunk partition can be attachedor detached to upper trunk brackets.With the convertible top up, thetrunk partition can be unsnappedand laid flat.

Pull the partition up and snap it intoplace on both sides and the bottomof the trunk.

Center Console Storage

Press to open. There are two USBports and an auxiliary jack inside.See the infotainment manual.

Additional StorageFeatures

Convenience Net

For vehicles with a convenience netinside the trunk, it can be used tosecure loose items.


Instruments and Controls 91

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 92Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 92Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 92Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 92Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Boost Gauge (Uplevel

Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

(Uplevel Cluster Only) . . . . . . . 104

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Voltmeter Gauge (UplevelCluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 107Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 108Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Charging System Light . . . . . . . 109Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . 109Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 113Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 114Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 114Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 115Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 115Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 116Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 116Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 116

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Information DisplaysDriver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 120

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Engine Power Messages . . . . . 124Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 124

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 124


92 Instruments and Controls

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the tilt and telescopingsteering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See “Steering WheelControls” in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn. With the ignition on or inACC/ACCESSORY, move thewindshield wiper lever to select thewiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.



INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occurdepending on how long thewindshield washer had been

activated. See Washer Fluid 0 243for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 248.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

{ Warning

Before driving the vehicle, alwaysclear snow and ice from the hood,windshield, roof, and rear of thevehicle, including all lamps andwindows. Reduced visibility fromsnow and ice buildup could leadto a crash.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.

If the ignition is turned off while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.



CompassThe vehicle has a compass displayin the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),and vehicle speed information.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna,located on the roof, for long periodsof time with objects that mayinterfere with the antenna's ability toreceive a satellite signal. Thecompass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine whenthe GPS signal is restored andprovide a heading again.

ClockThe time and date for the clock canbe set using the infotainmentsystem. See “Time/Date” in“System” under “Settings” in theinfotainment manual.

Power OutletsThe vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the center floorconsole in front of the cupholders.It can be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone oran MP3 player.

The accessory power outlet doesnot work when the ignition is turnedoff and the driver door is opened.This helps to preserve the batterylife of the vehicle.

Certain power accessory plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle and adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

Caution

Adding any electrical equipmentto the vehicle may damage it orkeep other components fromworking as they should. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not useequipment exceedingmaximum amperage rating of15 amperes. Check with yourdealer before adding electricalequipment.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 218.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The power

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

outlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingIf equipped, the vehicle has wirelesscharging in the storage bin at theback of the floor console. Thesystem operates at 145 kHz andwirelessly charges one Qicompatible smartphone. The poweroutput of the system is capable ofcharging at a rate up to 1 amp (5W),as requested by the compatiblesmartphone. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 335.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

recommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 179.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.

{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour compatible smartphone.Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

between the smartphone andcharging pad will become veryhot. On the rare occasion that thecharging system does not detectan object, and the object getswedged between the smartphoneand charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the objectto cool before removing it fromthe charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a compatible smartphone:



1. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects between thesmartphone and charging pad.

2. Place the smartphone face upon the charging pad.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless chargerfrom working, or may reducethe charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

3. The $ will appear on the V onthe infotainment display. Thisindicates that the smartphoneis properly positioned andcharging. If a smartphone isplaced on the charging padand $ does not appear, removethe smartphone from the pad,turn it 180 degrees, and wait

three seconds before placing/aligning the smartphone on thepad again.

The smartphone may becomewarm during charging. This isnormal. In warmertemperatures, the speed ofcharging may be reduced.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost of

performing such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote products



derived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)

ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar



Uplevel English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar



See the Camaro High Performancesupplement for more information.

Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

To change the theme for the uplevelcluster:

1. Find the Options page in one ofthe interactive display zones onthe cluster.

2. Press SEL to enter theOptions menu.

3. Scroll down to highlight DisplayTheme, then press p to enterthe Display Theme menu.

4. Press SEL to select the desiredcluster configuration.

5. Exit the Display Theme menuby pressing o.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Use w or x to scrollthrough the list of applications.Press SEL to select the applicationfrom the list.

. Info. This is where you can viewthe Driver Information Center(DIC) displays. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

. Performance (Uplevel Cluster)

. Audio (If Equipped)

. Phone (If Equipped)

. Navigation (If Equipped)

. Options

Performance (Uplevel Cluster)

Press SEL to enter the Performancemenu. Use w or x to scrollthrough the available items.

Friction Bubble : A four quadrantvisual display, indicative of the fourcorners of the car, with a “bubble”showing where the most inertia isbeing exerted on the vehicle.

Performance Timer : Press pwhen Performance Timer is

displayed to enter the menu. Use wor x to select an interval. Press

SEL to save it. On the nextacceleration, the performance timewill record the time. To reset thetimer, highlight Reset andpress SEL.



G-Force : Gives the driver anindication of the vehicleperformance in cornering. TheG-force is displayed in the center ofthe DIC as a numerical value.

Lap Timer : Use to start, stop,or reset the lap timer. A stopwatchicon will be displayed when the laptimer is active. Press SEL while theLap Timer page is active to start thetimer. If the lap timer is active,pressing SEL on any page will stopthe current lap timer and start a newlap. Also, pressing and holding SELon any page will stop the lap timer.

Oil Temperature : Shows thecurrent oil temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Oil Pressure : Shows the current oilpressure in either kilopascal (kPa) orin pounds per square inch (psi).

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage, if equipped.Battery voltage changes are normalwhile driving.

Transmission FluidTemperature : Shows thetemperature of the transmission fluidin either degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F).

Audio

If equipped, while the audio app isopen, use w or x to change theradio station or seek to the next orprevious track, depending on thecurrent audio source. Press p toenter the Audio menu. In the Audiomenu browse for music, select fromthe favorites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

If equipped, press p to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, or scroll throughcontacts. If there is an active call,mute or unmute the phone or switchto handset or hands-free operation.

Navigation

If equipped, press p to enter theNavigation menu. If there is noactive route, a compass will bedisplayed. If there is an active route,press SEL to cancel route guidanceor turn the voice prompts on/off.

Options

Press SEL to enter the Optionsmenu. Use w or x to scrollthrough items in the menu.

Units : Press p while Units is

displayed to enter the Units menu.Choose US or Metric units bypressing SEL while the desired itemis highlighted.

Speed Warning : The SpeedWarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the Speed Warning,press p when Speed Warning is

displayed. Enable the speed

warning and then use w or x to

adjust the value. Press SEL to setthe speed. Once the speed is set,



this feature can be turned off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed with a chime.

Display Theme (Uplevel) : PressSEL while Display Theme ishighlighted to change theconfiguration of the uplevel cluster.See “Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster” earlier in this section.

Launch Control : If equipped, theLaunch Control display allows thedriver to adjust the parameters ofthe Launch Control System. SeeTrack Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 157.

Head-Up Display (HUD)Rotation : If equipped, this featureallows for adjusting the angle of theHUD image. Press SEL on thesteering wheel controls whileHead-Up Display Rotation ishighlighted to enter Adjust Mode.Press w or x to highlight OK, then

press SEL to save the setting.

Cancel can also be selected tocancel the setting. The vehicle mustbe on P (Park).

Info Pages : Press p while Info

Pages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 116.

Software Info : Displays opensource software information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.



Fuel Gauge

Metric Base Level Cluster

English Base Level Cluster

Uplevel Cluster

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates the side of the vehicle thefuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There is stilla little fuel left, but the fuel tankshould be filled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge indicated the tank washalf full, but it actually took alittle more or less than half thetank's capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilize after the ignition isturned on, and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Boost Gauge (UplevelCluster Only)See the Camaro High Performancesupplement for more information.



Metric English

If equipped, this gauge indicatesvacuum during light to moderatethrottle and boost under heavierthrottle.

It displays the air pressure level inthe intake manifold before it entersthe engine's combustion chamber.

The gauge is automatically centeredat zero every time the engine isstarted. Actual vacuum or boost isdisplayed from this zero point.Changes in ambient pressure, suchas driving in mountains andchanging weather, will slightlychange the zero reading.

Engine Oil PressureGauge (UplevelCluster Only)

Metric, Standard Theme Shown



English, Standard Theme Shown

The engine oil pressure gaugeshows the engine oil pressurein kPa (kilopascals) when the engineis running.

Oil pressure can vary with enginespeed, outside temperature and oilviscosity.

On some models, the oil pump willvary engine oil pressure accordingto engine needs. Oil pressure maychange quickly as the engine speedor load varies. This is normal.

If the oil pressure warning light orDriver Information Center (DIC)message indicates oil pressure

outside the normal operating range,check the vehicle's oil as soon aspossible. See Engine Oil 0 229.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric Base Level Cluster



English Base Level Cluster

Metric Uplevel Cluster

English Uplevel Cluster

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature.

If the gauge pointer moves to thehigh end, the engine is too hot.

This reading indicates the samething as the warning light. It meansthat the engine coolant hasoverheated. If the vehicle has beenoperating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible. See EngineOverheating 0 241 for moreinformation.

Voltmeter Gauge (UplevelCluster Only)

Standard Theme

When the ignition is on, this gaugeindicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, thisgauge shows the condition of thecharging system. The gauge cantransition from a higher to lower or alower to higher reading. This isnormal. If the vehicle is operatingoutside the normal operating range,the charging system light comes on.See Charging System Light 0 109.



Readings outside the normaloperating range can also occurwhen a large number of electricalaccessories are operating in thevehicle and the engine is left idlingfor an extended period. Thiscondition is normal since thecharging system is not able toprovide full power at engine idle. Asengine speeds are increased, thiscondition should correct itself ashigher engine speeds allow thecharging system to create maximumpower.

The vehicle can only be driven for ashort time with the readings outsidethe normal operating range. If thevehicle must be driven, turn off allaccessories, such as the radio andair conditioner, and unplug allchargers and accessories.

Readings outside the normaloperating range indicate a possibleproblem in the electrical system.Have the vehicle serviced as soonas possible.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 64.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seat



such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System0 57.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 64 for important

safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, for severalseconds as a system check. Then,after several seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol, to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.



If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 108 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.The light turns off when the engineis started. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical charging

system. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) alsodisplays a message.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

MalfunctionIndicator LampThis light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 174.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 221.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 215.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.


Instruments and Controls 111. Poor fuel quality can cause

inefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeRecommended Fuel (3.6LV6 Engine) 0 213 orRecommended Fuel (2.0L L4Turbo Engine and 6.2LV8 Engine) 0 213 orRecommended Fuel (6.2L V8Supercharged Engine) 0 214.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that arenot used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 218. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is inService Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine driving

before the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLight

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on and stays on atstart up, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedright away.



If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The brake pedal might be harder topush, or the brake pedal may gocloser to the floor. It could takelonger to stop. If the light is still on,have the vehicle towed for service.See Towing the Vehicle 0 292.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightcontinues flashing after the parkingbrake is released, or while driving,there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The Service Electric Parking brakelight should come on briefly whenstarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 192. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This warning light should come onbriefly when the vehicle is turnedon. If the light does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving,safely stop as soon as it is possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then turnon the vehicle again to reset thesystem.

If the ABS warning light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light stays on.

If the ABS warning light is the onlylight on, the vehicle has regularbrakes, but ABS is not functioning.

If both the ABS warning light andthe brake system warning light areon, ABS is not functioning and thereis a problem with the regular brakes.See your dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 111.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 208.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESCbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak/ESCOFF light come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 194.



StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system is turned off.If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,the system does not assist incontrolling the vehicle. Turn on theTCS and the StabiliTrak/ESCsystems, and the warning lightturns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system have been disabled.A Driver Information Center (DIC)message may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESCsystem is actively working.


Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC)tire pressure message may alsodisplay. Stop as soon as possible,and inflate the tires to the pressurevalue shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 267.



When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 270.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the engine is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Immobilizer Operation0 25.



High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 130.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use, exceptwhen only the Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) are active. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 130.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

The light goes out when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 202.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in thecenter of the instrument cluster inthe Info application. See InstrumentCluster 0 98. The Info application isonly available when the ignition ison. The displays show the status ofmany vehicle systems. The controlsfor the DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.



w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press o to openapplication menus on the left. Pressp to open interaction menus on theright.

SEL : Press to select a menu item.Press and hold to reset values oncertain screens.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info displays.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available. Some itemsmay not be turned on by default butcan be turned on through theOptions app.

Current Speed : Displays thevehicle speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

Trip A or B/Average FuelEconomy : Trip displays the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer can be reset bypressing and holding SEL while thisdisplay is active.

Average Fuel Economy displays theapproximate average liters per100 kilometers (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Average Speed: Displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Fuel Range (Base Cluster) : FuelRange displays the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is lowon fuel. The fuel range estimate isbased on an average of thevehicle's fuel economy over recentdriving history and the amount offuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Fuel Information (Base Cluster) orFuel Range/Instantaneous FuelEconomy (Uplevel Cluster) : FuelRange displays the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. LOW will bedisplayed when the vehicle is lowon fuel. The fuel range estimate isbased on an average of thevehicle's fuel economy over recentdriving history and the amount offuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Instantaneous Fuel Economydisplays the current fuel economy ineither liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that the



vehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

This display may also show thenumber of cylinders the vehicle isrunning on. See Active FuelManagement 0 181.

Fuel Economy Last XXX : Displaysthe average fuel economy over aset number of kilometers or miles.

Average Speed : Displays theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start/stop the timer, pressp while this display is active andthen SEL to start/stop the timer. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To reset the timer to zero,

press and hold SEL or use p to

access the menu while this displayis active.

Oil Life : Displays an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 229.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 306.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not reset the Oil Lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for several

seconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil Life System0 232.

Air Filter Life : If equipped, showsan estimate of the engine air filter’sremaining useful life and the state ofthe system. Engine Air Filter Life95% means 95% of the current airfilter life remains. Messages willdisplay based on the engine air filterlife and the state of the system.When the REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the time of the next oil change.When the REPLACE NOWmessage displays, the engine airfilter should be replaced as soon aspossible.

The Air Filter Life display must bereset after the engine air filterreplacement. To reset, see EngineAir Filter Life System (2.0L LTG and3.6L LGX Engines Only) 0 234.

Engine Hours : If equipped, showsthe total number of hours the enginehas run.



Coolant Temperature : Displaysthe coolant temperature in eitherdegrees Celsius (°C) or degreesFahrenheit (°F).

Tire Pressure : Displays theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber. See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 269 andTire Pressure Monitor Operation0 270.

Battery Voltage : Displays thecurrent battery voltage. The batteryvoltage can fluctuate while viewingthis information on the DIC. This isnormal.

Speed Limit (Uplevel Cluster) :Displays sign information, whichcomes from a roadway database inthe onboard navigation.

Oil Temperature (Base Cluster) :Shows the current oil temperature ineither degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F). This

display is available in thePerformance app on the uplevelcluster.

Oil Pressure (Base Cluster) :Shows the current oil pressure ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). This display isavailable in the Performance app onthe uplevel cluster.

Performance Timer (BaseCluster) : Press p when

Performance Timer is displayed to

enter the menu. Press p while Set

Start Speed is highlighted then usew or x to enter the start speed.

Press SEL to save it. Press p while

Set End Speed is highlighted then

use w or x to enter the end speed.

Press SEL to save it. After the startand end speeds have been entered,

press o to set the Sport display to

the set speeds and the performancetimer is ready to use. On the nextacceleration, the performance timewill record the time. To reset the

timer, highlight Reset on theperformance timer menu and pressSEL. This display is available in thePerformance app on the uplevelcluster.

Lap Timer (Base Cluster) : Use tostart, stop, or reset the lap timer.A stopwatch icon will be displayedwhen the lap timer is active. PressSEL while the Lap Timer page isactive to start the timer. If the lamptimer is active, pressing SEL on anypage will stop the current lap timerand start a new lap. Also, pressingand holding SEL on any page willstop the lap timer. This display isavailable in the Performance app onthe uplevel cluster.

G-Force (Base Cluster) : Gives thedriver an indication of the vehicleperformance in cornering. TheG-force is displayed in the center ofthe DIC as a numerical value. Thisdisplay is available in thePerformance app on the uplevelcluster.



Transmission Fluid Temperature(Base Cluster) : Shows thetemperature of the transmission fluidin either degrees Celsius (°C) ordegrees Fahrenheit (°F). Thisdisplay is available in thePerformance app on the uplevelcluster.

Blank : Shows no information.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windshield.

The HUD information appears as animage focused out toward the frontof the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages. Thespeedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayedin either English or metric units.

The language of the HUDinformation displayed can bechanged. The speedometer readingand other numerical values can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See

“Settings” in the InfotainmentManual and “Options” underInstrument Cluster 0 98.

HUD Display on the Windshield

The HUD may display differentalerts and information for vehiclesequipped with these features:

. Speed

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Performance

. Vehicle Messages



The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings toadjust the HUD.

$ : Press or lift to center the HUDimage. The HUD image can only beadjusted up and down, not sideto side.

! : Press to select the displayview. Each press will change thedisplay view.

D : Lift and hold to brighten thedisplay. Press and hold to dim thedisplay. Hold to turn the display off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

Head-Up Display (HUD) RotationOption

The HUD rotation main view islocated in the options menu. Fromthe main menu, press p to enter

adjust mode. Press w for

counter-clockwise and x forclockwise. Press SEL to save ando to cancel and exit.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts may bedisplayed in any view.

Metric

English

Speed View : This displays digitalSpeed (in English or metric units),Speed Limit along with Indicatorssuch as Vehicle Ahead, LaneDeparture Warning/Lane KeepAssist, Adaptive Cruise Control andSet Speed.



Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from Speedview along with audio/phoneinformation.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the steeringwheel controls are used to adjustthe audio settings appearing in theinstrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing inthe instrument cluster may alsodisplay in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from Speedview along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in somevehicles. When navigation routing isnot active, the compass heading isdisplayed.

Metric

English

Performance View : This displaysdigital speed, indicators from speedview along with rpm reading,transmission positions, gear shiftindicator (if equipped), Shift TimingLight Position (if equipped), andlateral acceleration (G) indicators.

If equipped, the shift timing lights atthe top of the display will appearwith increases in engine rpm. Therows of lights get closer together asthe shift point gets closer. Shift thetransmission before the lights cometogether in the display. Shift



immediately if the lights are flashing.See Manual Mode 0 185 orManual Transmission 0 187.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshieldas needed to remove any dirt or filmthat could reduce the sharpness orclarity of the HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

If you cannot see the HUD imagewhen the ignition is on, check that:

. Nothing Is covering theHUD lens.

. The HUD brightness is not toodim or too bright.

. The HUD is adjusted to theproper height.

. Polarized sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. See WindshieldReplacement 0 249.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security


124 Instruments and Controls. Brakes

. Steering

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Engine and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Engine Air Filter Life

. Battery

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's propulsion power isreduced. A reduction in propulsionpower can affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reduction

in performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performance maybe reduced the next time the vehicleis driven. The vehicle may be drivenwhile this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displaysrepeatedly, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Under certain operating conditions,propulsion will be disabled. Tryrestarting after the vehicle has beenoff for 30 seconds.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationThe following are all possiblevehicle personalization features.Depending on the vehicle, somemay not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personalfeatures and functions, see“Settings” in the infotainmentmanual.

To access the vehiclepersonalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a listof available options.

3. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a featureoff or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top levelof the Settings menu.



The menu may contain thefollowing:

Driving Mode

Touch and the following maydisplay:

. Engine Sound

. Steering

. Suspension

Engine Sound

Touch Engine Sound, then choosefrom the available options. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 196.

Steering

Touch Steering, then choose fromthe available options. See DriverMode Control 0 196.

Suspension

Touch Suspension, then choosefrom the available options. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 196.

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Cooled Seats

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the auto fanspeed.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Cooled Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the ventilatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 48.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

This setting automatically turns onand regulates the heated seatswhen the cabin temperature is cool.The auto heated seats can beturned off by using the heated seat

buttons on the center stack. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats0 48.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

When turned on and high humidityis detected, the climate controlsystem may adjust to outside airsupply and turn on the airconditioner or the heater. The fanspeed may slightly increase to helpprevent fogging. When highhumidity is no longer detected, thesystem will return to its prioroperation.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

When on, this feature turns on therear defogger at vehicle start whenthe interior temperature is cold andfog is likely. The auto rear defogfunction can be disabled bypressing1. When off, the feature

can be turned on by pressing1.See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 146.



Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems


. Lane Change Alert

. Park Assist

. Rear Camera Park AssistSymbols

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 211.

When Lane Change Alert isdisabled, Side Blind Zone Alert isalso disabled.

Touch Off or On.

Park Assist

If equipped, this feature can assistin backing up and parking thevehicle. See Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 206.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols

This setting enables the RearCamera Park Assist Symbols. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 206.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert” inAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 206.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

Chime Volume

This setting determines the chimevolume level.

Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to adjust thevolume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, both the driver andpassenger, driver, or passengeroutside mirrors will tilt downwardwhen the vehicle is shifted toR (Reverse) to improve visibility ofthe ground near the rear wheels.They will return to their previousdriving position when the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse) or theengine is turned off.

Touch Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Lighting


. Ambient Lighting

. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Ambient Lighting

This setting allows the selection ofavailable colors for the ambientlighting in the vehicle.



The Link to Drive Mode option willchange the ambient lighting tomatch the color being used in theinstrument cluster based on thesetting of the drive mode button.

This feature can be turned off or on.

Vehicle Locator Lights

This setting flashes the vehicle’sheadlamps when K is pressed onthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This setting specifies how long theheadlamps stay on after the vehicleis turned off and exited.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Open Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

This setting prevents the driver doorfrom locking when the door is open.If this setting is on, the DelayedDoor Lock menu will not beavailable.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park)with an automatic transmission orwhen the vehicle is turned off with amanual transmission.

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

This setting flashes the exteriorlamps when the vehicle is unlockedwith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This setting specifies how thevehicle responds when the vehicleis locked with the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.



Remote Door Unlock

This setting specifies whether alldoors, or just the driver door, unlockwhen pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the ventilated seatson when using remote start onwarm days.

Touch Off, On-Driver andPassenger, or On-Driver.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

This setting automatically turns onthe heated seats when using theremote start function on cold days.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 48 andRemote Vehicle Start 0 16.

Touch Off, On-Driver andPassenger, or On-Driver.

Remote Window Operation

If equipped, this feature enablesremote operation of the windowswith the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This setting specifies which doorsunlock when using the button on thedriver door handle to unlock thevehicle.

Touch Off, All Doors, or DriverDoor Only.

Passive Door Lock

This setting specifies if the vehiclewill automatically lock, or lock andprovide an alert after all the doorsare closed, and you walk away fromthe vehicle with the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

Touch Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.

Seating Position


. Seat Entry Memory

. Seat Exit Memory

Seat Entry Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored 1 or 2 buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from off to on or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats0 44.

Touch Off or On.

Seat Exit Memory

This feature automatically recallsthe previously stored exit buttonpositions when the ignition ischanged from on or ACC/



ACCESSORY to off if the driverdoor is open or opened. SeeMemory Seats 0 44.

Touch Off or On.

Teen Driver

See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”in the infotainment manual.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations, if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Touch Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.


130 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 130Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 132Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Battery Load Management . . . 135Battery Power Protection . . . . . 135Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theleft side of the steering wheel.

There are four positions:

P : Briefly turn to this position toturn the exterior lamps off anddeactivate the AUTO mode. Turnagain to reactivate the AUTO mode.When released, the control returnsto the AUTO position.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

AUTO also controls the DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL). SeeDaytime Running Lamps (DRL)0 131.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

A warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened when the ignition isoff and the headlamps or parkinglamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.


Lighting 131

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThe flash-to-pass feature works withthe low beams or Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) on or off.

To flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou, then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. DRL are required on allvehicles first sold in Canada.

A light sensor on top of theinstrument panel makes the DRLwork, so be sure it is not covered.

The dedicated DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamps control is inAUTO, or has been brieflyturned toP to turn theautomatic light control on again.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The transmission is not inP (Park).

When the DRL are on, theheadlamps, taillamps, sidemarkerlamps, instrument panel lights, andother lamps will not be on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will go off and theDRL will come on.

To turn the DRL off or on again, turnthe exterior lamps control toP andthen release. For vehicles first soldin Canada, the DRL can only beturned off when the vehicle isparked.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside andthe headlamp switch is in AUTO,the automatic headlamp system willturn on the headlamps at the normalbrightness along with other lampssuch as the taillamps, sidemarkerlamps, parking lamps, license platelamps, and the instrument panellights. The radio lights will alsobe dim.

To turn off the automatic headlampsystem, turn the exterior lampsswitch to theP position and thenrelease. For vehicles first sold inCanada, the transmission must bein P (Park), before the automaticheadlamp system can be turned off.


132 Lighting

The vehicle has a light sensor onthe top of the instrument panel. Donot cover this sensor, otherwise thesystem will come on whenever theignition is on.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage, heavy overcastweather, or a tunnel. This is normal.

There is a delay in the transitionbetween the daytime and nighttimeoperation of the Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) and the automaticheadlamp system so that drivingunder bridges or bright overheadstreet lights does not affect thesystem. The DRL and automaticheadlamp system will only be

affected when the light sensor seesa change in lighting lasting longerthan the delay.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there will be aslight delay before the automaticheadlamp system changes to theDRL. During that delay, theinstrument cluster may not be asbright as usual. Make sure theinstrument panel brightness controlis in the full bright position. SeeInstrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 133.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers are

not operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press again to turnthe flashers off.


Lighting 133

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

For vehicles with HID headlamps,if after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 253.

For vehicles with LED headlamps,contact your dealer if the LED isburned out. If the LED is not burnedout, check the fuse. See Fuses andCircuit Breakers 0 253.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The knob for this feature is on theleft side of the instrument panel.

Turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dimthe instrument panel lights at night.Turn the knob completely clockwiseto turn on the interior lamps.


134 Lighting

Interior LampsInterior Spectrum Lighting

If equipped, this feature allows thecolor of the interior lighting in thevehicle to be chosen.

To access, press { on theinfotainment controls, then touchAMBIENT LIGHTING to display thesettings screen.

Touch to select from the following:

OFF : Turns the feature off.

LIGHT STRIPS : Turns on standardmode. Touch the light strip color toselect a color for the interior lighting.

DEMO MODE : When the shift leveris in P (Park) (automatictransmission) or the park brake isapplied (manual transmission),touch to turn the feature on in colorschosen by the vehicle. When theshift lever is not in P (Park) or thepark brake is not applied, theinterior color will default to the lastactive color selected in lightstrips mode.

LINK TO DRIVE MODE : The lightcolor is matched to the color beingused for the drive mode.

Reading Lamps

The reading lamps are in theoverhead console. The lamps go onwhen a door is opened. When thedoors are closed, pressm orn toturn on each lamp.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on. They stay on for about20 seconds. When all of the doorshave been closed or the ignition isturned on, they gradually fade out.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 124.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The interior lamps comeon after the ignition is turned off.The exterior lamps and interiorlamps remain on for a set amount oftime, then automatically turn off.


Lighting 135

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 124.

Theater DimmingThis feature allows for a three to fivesecond fade out of the interiorlamps instead of having them turnoff immediately.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver Information

Center (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all of thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, rearwindow defogger, climate control fanat high speed, heated seats, enginecooling fans, trailer loads, and loadsplugged into accessory poweroutlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed and it is recommendedthat the driver reduce the electricalloads as much as possible.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature shuts off the interiorlamps if they are left on for morethan 10 minutes when the ignition isoff. This helps to prevent the batteryfrom running down.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp control


136 Lighting

to the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 137

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)

Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home Page.

Important Information

Use of the PDR may be prohibitedor legally restricted in certaincountries and situations. Ensurecompliance with applicable laws andregulations, including, but notlimited to: privacy laws, laws relatedto camera surveillance andrecordings, road traffic and securitylaws, and laws on the protection ofpublicity and personality rights.

. Do not use the PDR if it causesdistraction.

. Do not rely on camera footage tosteer the vehicle.

. Comply with any notice andconsent requirements beforecapturing and/or recording thevoices or images of otherpersons or before collectingother personal data.


138 Infotainment System. Notify other drivers of your

vehicle of the above rules andrequire them to comply.

. General Motors does not acceptany responsibility or liability inconnection with use that is notpermitted.

. Law enforcement authoritiesmay have the right to seizevideo recordings and use themas evidence of criminal/drivingoffenses against you or thirdparties.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card. The SD cardreader is below the instrument panelto the left of the steering wheel andjust above the hood release.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To begin, insert a FAT32 formattedSD card, Class 10 required, 8, 16,or 32 GB recommended, into the SDcard reader.

Touch the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. The optionsdisplayed are:

Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is grayed out.

Touch Start Recording to beginrecording. After recording begins,this button changes to StopRecording. Touch to stop therecording session.

The recording must be stopped andthe file closed before removing theSD card, or the recording cannot bereviewed.

The elapsed time will show whenrecording. To define a finish line,see “Define Finish Line” later in thissection.

If there is no available space on theSD card, a message displays.Delete or transfer recordings on theSD card or use another SD cardwith free space.


Infotainment System 139

To delete a recording, go to theRecorded Sessions menu and touchV next to the item. See “RecordedSessions” later in this section.

If no SD card is inserted, a messagedisplays.

Define Finish Line

To track and record the vehicle’s laptimes, the starting point of a lapmust be set. Crossing this pointactivates the lap timer whenrecording.

To set the finish line, position thevehicle with the front bumper at thestart/finish point. From the PDRmenu, touch Define Finish Line andthen touch Mark Finish Line. Thiscan be done with the vehiclemoving.

Recorded Sessions

To view recorded videos, touchRecorded Sessions.

A list of recordings displays.

Select the recording to startplayback.

Touch V next to an item to deletethat recording. Touch Yes to deleteor No to cancel on the confirmationscreen.

Video playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Tap the screen while the video isplaying to display the video controls:

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.


140 Infotainment System

Delete Recording : Touch to deletethe video. A confirmation screendisplays. Touch Yes to delete or Noto cancel.

Pause/Play : Touch to play orpause the video. The button willchange when touched.

/ : Touch to display the previousscreen.

Exit : Touch to exit the currentdisplay.

Choose Video Overlay

Touch Choose Video Overlay todisplay the menu.

Select one:

. No Overlay

. Sport

. Track

. Performance Timing

No Overlay:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.

Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle show current RPMs. Asthe RPMs increase, the backfillfollows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Automatic and manualtransmissions display 1, 2, etc.

. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Leftand Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

. Event Odometer: This displaysthe distance driven since therecording began.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.


Infotainment System 141. GPS Tracking Map: Shows the

vehicle’s current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle indicate current RPMs.As the RPMs increase, thebackfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the center to the left or rightdepending on the direction of

steering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

. Event Odometer: Displays thedistance driven since therecording began.

. Drive Mode: Displays thevehicle’s current drive mode.

Performance Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph),0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 mi), and 0–200–0 km/h(0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.


142 Infotainment System. Throttle Position: Displays

the percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. StabiliTrak/ESC Active Indicator:The graphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Naming Convention

The recorded video file name isstored as the recorded date and thelength of the recording.

If the recorded session wasrecorded while the system was inValet Mode, the file name willdisplay the mode, date, and lengthof time.

Settings

Touch Settings on the PDR menu todisplay settings.

Valet Mode Recording : Allowsrecording preferences to beselected. It is recommended that ablank SD card be used. Availablechoices are:

. Automatically record when inValet Mode: Enables the PDR tobegin recording as soon as thevehicle is in Valet Mode.

. Overwrite existing data whenmemory full: Allows manualoverwriting of previousrecordings, one at a time startingwith the oldest, when the currentrecording requires additionalstorage to continue.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Record Audio : Allows audio to berecorded along with video.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Software Information : DisplaysPDR software information andversion numbers.

Toolbox Software : Allows for theevaluation of the driver and thevehicle performance on a personalcomputer after a recorded event.See www.chevrolet.com or yourdealer for details to download thesoftware.


Climate Controls 143

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate Control

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Dual Automatic Climate

Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

MaintenancePassenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Climate Control Systems

Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with this system.

1. Temperature Control

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls

3. O (Power)

4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

5. A/C (Air Conditioning)

6. Recirculation

7. Fan Control

8. Rear Window Defogger

9. Defrost


144 Climate Controls

Climate Control Display

1. Temperature Setting

2. Fan Control

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

4. Air Recirculation

5. Auto (Automatic Operation)


7. On/Off (Power)

8. Temperature Controls

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the climatecontrols on the center stack areadjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature:

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions not

manually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.

Temperature Control : Turn theouter ring of the air vent clockwiseor counterclockwise to increase ordecrease the temperature setting.

Fan Control : Turn the outer ring ofthe air vent clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press X,Y, or[ to change the

direction of the airflow. Anycombination of the three buttonscan be selected. The indicator lightin the button will turn on. Thecurrent mode appears in the display



screen. Pressing any of the threebuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow is controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

X : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and side window outlets.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is onlydirected to the windshield and sidewindow outlets. The air conditioningmay turn on automatically toremove fog.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

Air Conditioning

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. An indicatorlight turns on. If the fan is turned offor the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditioningwill not run, but the indicator lightwill be lit.

The air conditioning mightautomatically come on when0 is

selected.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated inside the vehicle.It helps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle or reduce the outside airand odors that may enter.

Operation in the recirculation modewhile the air conditioner is offincreases humidity and may causethe windows to fog.

Recirculation is not available in thedefrost or defog modes.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculation

light will not come on. Press@ to

select recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

Rear Window Defogger

1 : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Thedefogger turns off if the ignition isturned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 124.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)and below.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirrors.




Caution

Do not use a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow. Do not adhere anythingto the defogger grid lines in therear glass. These actions maydamage the rear defogger.Repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation, If Equipped : Theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely,depending on the outsidetemperature. See Remote VehicleStart 0 16. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.When enabled, the front heatedseats, if equipped, will turn onautomatically if it is cold outside.See Vehicle Personalization 0 124.The heated seat indicator lights donot come on during a remote start.

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, defrosting, and ventilation for the vehicle can becontrolled with this system.

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls


3. O (Power)

4. SYNC (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


7. Recirculation

8. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

9. Defrost

10. Rear Window Defogger

11. Fan Control



Climate Control Display

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Settings

2. Fan Control

3. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

4. Sync (SynchronizedTemperature)

5. Recirculation


7. Auto (Automatic Operation)


9. On/Off (Power)

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and Sync settingscan be controlled by touchingCLIMATE on the infotainment HomePage or the climate button in theclimate control display applicationtray. A selection can then be madeon the front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status displayappears briefly when the centerstack climate controls are adjusted.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature:

When AUTO is lit, all four functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and thesetting is displayed. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed forbest comfort.

Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Turn the outer ring of theair vents clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase or



decrease the driver or passengertemperature setting. The setting willappear on the temperature display.

SYNC : Press to link the passengerclimate temperature settings to thedriver setting. The SYNC indicatorlight will turn on. When thepassenger settings are adjusted, theSYNC indicator light turns off.

Manual Operation

O : Press to turn the fan off or on.

h or i : Press to increase ordecrease the fan speed.

Air Delivery Mode Controls :Press X,Y, or[ to change the

direction of the airflow. Anycombination of the three buttonscan be selected. The indicator lightin the button will turn on. Thecurrent mode appears in the displayscreen. Pressing any of the threebuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction of

the airflow is controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation.

To change the current mode, selectone or more of the following:

X : Clears the windows of fog ormoisture. Air is directed to thewindshield and side window outlets.

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 : Clears the windshield of fog orfrost more quickly. Air is onlydirected to the windshield and sidewindow outlets. The air conditioningmay turn on automatically toremove fog.

For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.


Air Conditioning

A/C : Press to turn the airconditioning on or off. An indicatorlight turns on. If the fan is turned offor the outside temperature fallsbelow freezing, the air conditioningwill not run, but the indicator lightwill be lit.

The air conditioning mightautomatically come on when0 is

selected.

@ : Press to turn on recirculation.An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated inside the vehicle.It helps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle or reduce the outside airand odors that may enter.

Operation in the recirculation modewhile the air conditioner is offincreases humidity and may causethe windows to fog.

Recirculation is not available in thedefrost or defog modes.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculation



light will not come on. Press@ to

select recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

Rear Window Defogger

1 : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on. Thedefogger turns off if the ignition isturned off or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

The rear window defogger can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 124.When Auto Rear Defog is selected,the rear window defogger turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is cold and the outsidetemperature is about 7 °C (44 °F)and below.

The heated outside mirrors turn onwhen the rear window defoggerbutton is on and help to clear fog orfrost from the surface of the mirrors.


Caution

Do not use a razor blade or sharpobject to clear the inside rearwindow. Do not adhere anythingto the defogger grid lines in therear glass. These actions maydamage the rear defogger.Repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

L or M (If Equipped) : Press L orM to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

Press { or C, if equipped, to

ventilate the driver or passengerseat. See Heated and VentilatedFront Seats 0 48.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation, If Equipped : Theclimate control system may runwhen the vehicle is started remotely,depending on the outsidetemperature. See Remote VehicleStart 0 16. The rear defog maycome on during remote start based

on cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.When enabled, the front heatedseats, if equipped, will turn onautomatically if it is cold outside.See Vehicle Personalization 0 124.The heated seat indicator lights donot come on during a remote start.



Air Vents

Use the air outlets in the center andon the side of the instrument panelto direct the airflow. Turn the centerknobs on the air outlets clockwise orcounterclockwise to open or closeoff the airflow.

Operation Tips

. In defog or defrost mode, warmair flows from side air outlets. Toimprove side window defoggingor defrosting, direct side airoutlets toward the side windows.

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windshield that couldblock the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.Check with your dealer beforeadding equipment to the outsideof the vehicle.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe passenger compartment airfilter reduces dust, pollen, and otherairborne irritants from outside airthat is pulled into the vehicle. Thefilter will need to be replacedperiodically. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 306.

Using the climate control systemwithout an air filter installed is notrecommended. Water or otherdebris could enter the system andresult in leaks or noises. Alwaysinstall a new filter when removingthe old filter.

For more information on filterreplacement, see your dealer.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The air



conditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 306.


152 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better Fuel

Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 155Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 156Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Track Events and Competitive

Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 166Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 167Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 169Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 173Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 176Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 180Parking (Manual

Transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Parking over Things

That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Active Fuel Management . . . . . 181Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 183Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 187Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 192Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 193

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 196Competitive Driving Mode (SS,

ZL1 and 1LEModels Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 202

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 205Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 206Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Side Blind Zone

Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 211

FuelTop Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Recommended Fuel (3.6L

V6 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Recommended Fuel (2.0L L4

Turbo Engine and 6.2LV8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Recommended Fuel (6.2L V8Supercharged Engine) . . . . . . 214


Driving and Operating 153

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 214Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Driving Information

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Set the climate controls to thedesired temperature after theengine is started, or turn themoff when not required.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.


154 Driving and Operating. Do not use a phone in

demanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the infotainment manual formore information on using thatsystem and the navigation system,if equipped, including pairing andusing a cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 50.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.



Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Caution

To avoid damage to the steeringsystem, do not drive over curbs,parking barriers, or similar objectsat speeds greater than 3 km/h(1 mph). Use care when drivingover other objects such as lanedividers and speed bumps.Damage caused by misuse of thevehicle is not covered by thevehicle warranty.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.



If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.



Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive Driving

{ Danger

High-performance features areintended for use only on closedtracks by experienced andqualified drivers and should notbe used on public roads.High-speed driving, aggressivecornering, hard braking, and otherhigh-performance driving can bedangerous. Improper driver inputsfor the conditions may result inloss of control of the vehicle,which could injure or kill you orothers. Always drive safely.

If the vehicle is a Camaro HighPerformance model, see theadditional items in the Camaro HighPerformance supplement.

Track events or competitive drivingmay affect the vehicle warranty. Seethe warranty manual before usingthe vehicle for racing or othercompetitive driving.

The Engine Sound Managementsetting (if equipped) should not beset to Stealth Mode during trackevents and competitive driving. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 196.

Engine Oil

Caution

If you use the vehicle for racing orother competitive driving, theengine may use more oil than itwould with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.For information on how to add oil,see Engine Oil 0 229.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Be sure to check the oil leveloften during racing or othercompetitive driving and keep thelevel at or near the upper markthat shows the proper operatingrange on the engine oil dipstick.

3.6L (LGX) V6 Engine

Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or5W-40 that meets the dexos2specification. If this oil is notavailable, the following oil can beused as an alternative: ValvolineSYNPOWER MST 5W-40.

For LS/LT 1LE, add 0.9 L (1.0 qt) ofoil over the nominal fill level for atrack event. After the competitivedriving, remove the excess oil sothat the level on the dipstick is notabove the upper mark that showsthe proper operating range.

During track usage, do not followthe Engine Oil Life System status.Change the engine oil after fourhours of accumulative track usage.

Fuel

Use premium unleaded gasolinewith a posted octane rating of 93 ata track event. Unleaded gasolinewith a posted octane rating of91 may be used, but performancewill be degraded.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Have the transmission fluid set tothe track specific oil level prior totrack usage. Transmission fluidshould be changed after every15 hours of track usage. Anytransmission level set or changeshould be performed at your dealer.

Manual Transmission Fluid

Manual transmission fluid should bechanged after every 15 hours oftrack usage.

Rear Axle Fluid

Axles must have 2 400 km(1,500 mi) before being used intrack driving.

The rear axle fluid temperaturesmay be higher than when driving insevere conditions. Drain and refill

with new fluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and thenafter every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high rear axletemperatures can occur. Damagecould be caused to the rear axleand would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not drive aslong or as fast the first time thevehicle is driven on the track orraced.

Brake Fluid

For track events or competitivedriving, it is recommended that thebrake fluid be replaced with a highperformance brake fluid that has adry boiling point greater than 279 °C(534 °F). After conversion to thehigh performance brake fluid, followthe brake fluid service



recommendations outlined by thefluid manufacturer. Do not usesilicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.

Brake Burnishing

To prepare the Camaro brakesystems for track events and racing,complete the appropriate highperformance brake burnishingprocedure described below.

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or competitive driving.

Caution

These procedures are specific tothe Camaro SS, or LT with Y4QHeavy Duty Cooling System thatis equipped with J55 brakes. Thisprocedure should not be run onother Camaro models as damagemay result.

Caution

The new vehicle break-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishingprocedure or damage may occurto the powertrain/engine. SeeNew Vehicle Break-In 0 173.

When performed as instructed, thisprocedure will not damage thebrakes. During the burnishingprocedure, the brake pads willsmoke and produce an odor. Thebraking force and pedal travel mayincrease. After the procedure iscomplete, the brake pads mayappear white at the rotor contact.

Run this procedure in a safemanner and in compliance with alllocal and state ordinances/lawsregarding motor vehicle operation.Run this procedure only on drypavement.

Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure

Caution

Brake fade will occur during thistrack burnish procedure and cancause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph) to50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)between applying the brakes.This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Repeatedly apply the brakesfrom 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for at



least 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenstops. Repeat until the brakepedal travel starts to increase.Depending on conditions, thisshould take no longer than 25brake applications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.

Front Tire Deflectors, LowerControl Arm Deflectors, andDisc Splash Shields (SS Only)

Before any racing event, remove thetire deflectors in the front of thevehicle, and replace the originaldeflector and splash shield with thetall deflector and small splashshield.

Caution

Race track driving with theoriginal front disc brake splashshield and front tire deflector mayresult in brake pedal fade due tohigh rotor temperatures.

To install the tall deflector and smallsplash shield:

1. Remove the tire deflector.

2. Remove the front wheels.

3. Remove the calipers (3) fromthe knuckle.

4. Remove the brake rotors (2).

5. Remove the original frontsplash shields (1).

6. Remove the lower control armdeflectors.

7. Detach the wheel speedsensor harness clips from thelower control arm deflector.



8. Install the small splash shieldswith two screws (2) per corner.Torque to 9Y (80 lb inch).

Caution

Failure to reattach the wheelspeed sensor harness clipscorrectly could cause interferencewith the wheel speed sensor, andcould damage the vehicle.

9. Re-attach the wheel speedsensor harness clips bypushing them from the bottom

up, on the back tab. On theoriginal deflector, the push pinsare pushed from the top down.

10. Install the tall deflectors withthree screws (1) per corner.Torque to 3.3Y (29 lb inch).

When installing new controlarms, torque the three screwsto 4.5Y (40 lb inch).

11. Install the front rotors with onescrew per corner. Torque to9Y (80 lb inch).

12. Apply liquid thread adhesive tothe caliper bolts (GM Part No.9985399 – Loctite 272 –

Goodwrench 12345493). Installthe calipers with two screws (1)per corner. Torque the caliperbolts to 200Y (148 lb ft).

13. Reinstall the front wheels usingthe wheel nut torque. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 321.

Caution

After a track event, remove thetall deflector and the small splashshield and reinstall the originaldeflector and splash shield.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

Failure to reinstall the originalparts may lead to corrosion, lossof output, noise, premature brakepad and rotor wear, reducedhigh-speed wet braking, anddamage to the tall deflector.

14. After a track event, repeat thesteps to reinstall the originallower control arm deflectorsand splash shields.

15. Reinstall the tire deflectors.

Custom Launch Control (IfEquipped)

Custom Launch Control allows thefollowing parameters for LaunchControl to be modified:

. Launch RPM

. Slip Target (5%–15%)

. Surface Type

To adjust the Launch RPM, all ofthese conditions must be met:

. The vehicle must be in TrackMode. See “Track Mode” underDriver Mode Control 0 196.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode mustbe enabled. For convertibles,and SS equipped with 10-speedautomatic, Competitive DrivingMode must be enabled. SeeDriver Mode Control 0 196.

. The steering wheel must bestraight.

. The driver door must be closed.

. The transmission must be in agear other than R (Reverse).It will work in P (Park) orN (Neutral).

. The parking brake must not beengaged.

For more information onCompetitive Driving Mode, seeCompetitive Driving Mode (SS,ZL1 and 1LE Models Only) 0 200.

1. Using the buttons on the rightside of the steering wheel,press o to open the top level

DIC menu. Usex to scrolldown to Options andpress SEL.

2. Usew orx to navigate to theLaunch Control menu.



3. Use p to open theOptions menu.

4. Usex orw to highlightCustom.

5. Press SEL to select Custom.

6. Scroll down to Launch RPMusingx.

7. Press SEL.

8. Adjust the desired RPM usingw orx:

1800–4000 RPM for manualtransmissions and 1200–2400for automatic.

9. Press SEL to confirm thedesired RPM.



Manual Transmission

10. In this example, LaunchControl is set to customdesired settings.

. Manual Trans: Apply fullthrottle to activate LaunchControl and quickly releasethe clutch pedal to launchthe vehicle.

Automatic Transmission

. Auto Trans: Firmly pressand hold the brake pedal toactivate Launch Control.

11. Auto Trans Only - Quicklyapply full throttle. Release thebrake pedal to launch thevehicle.

Line Lock (If Equipped)

{ Warning

The vehicle may moveunexpectedly when using LineLock, which could cause injury topersons or property locatednearby. Only use Line Lock on aclosed track where there is alarge clear area around all sidesof the vehicle. Be ready to applythe brakes immediately if thevehicle begins to move. Do notuse Line Lock in an area that isaccessible to the public or wherepeople or property are locatednear the vehicle.

Caution

Attempting to shift when the drivewheels are spinning and do nothave traction may cause damageto the transmission. Damagecaused by misuse of the vehicle

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

is not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not attempt to shiftwhen the drive wheels do nothave traction.

Line Lock allows for locking the frontbrakes independently of the rearbrakes. This allows the rear tires tospin when the throttle is applied.

To enter Line Lock, all of theseconditions must be met:

. The vehicle must be inTrack Mode.

. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode mustbe enabled. For convertibles,Competitive Driving Mode mustbe enabled.

. The steering wheel must bestraight.

. The driver door must be closed.

. The vehicle must be in D (Drive)for an automatic transmission or1 (First) gear for a manualtransmission.

. The parking brake must not beengaged.

. The vehicle must be stopped onlevel ground. The acceleratorpedal must not be applied.

1. Using the buttons on the rightside of the steering wheel,press o to open the top level

DIC menu. Usex to scrolldown to Options andpress SEL.

2. Usew orx to navigate to theLaunch Control menu.

3. Use p to open the LaunchControl menu.

Select Automatic or Custom.



4. Usex to highlight Line Lock.

5. Press SEL to select Line Lock.

6. Press the brake pedal firmly tomove the bar graph to 100%.

7. Release the brake pedal.

8. There are 15 seconds tocomplete the burnout and exit.

9. To release the brakes and rollout, press 1 and SEL at thesame time.

If the burnout is not completed in15 seconds, torque will be reducedto idle, the parking brake will be

applied, Line Lock releases, andCustom Launch Control will bedisabled.

Ensure the parking brake isdisengaged to re-enter LaunchControl.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.



{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is

wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 259.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

loss of steering assist. Alwayshave the engine running and thevehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when

freezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 194.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 191.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 329. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 182.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control0 194.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

engine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, it



might need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 292.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original



equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 259 andTire Pressure 0 267.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).



3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.



{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

Follow these recommendedguidelines during the first2 414 km (1,500 mi) of driving thisvehicle. Parts have a break-inperiod and performance will bebetter in the long run.

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4000engine rpm.

. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow.

. Do not drive above129 km/h (80 mph).

. Avoid downshifting to brakeor slow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

. Do not let the engine labor.Never lug the engine in highgear at low speeds. With amanual transmission, shiftto the next lower gear. Thisrule applies at all times, notjust during the break-inperiod.

. Do not participate in racingevents, sport drivingschools, or similar activitiesduring this break-in period.

. Check engine oil with everyrefueling and add ifnecessary. Oil and fuelconsumption may be higherthan normal during the first2 414 km (1,500 mi).

. To break in new tires, driveat moderate speeds andavoid hard cornering for thefirst 322 km (200 mi). New

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

tires do not have maximumtraction and may tendto slip.

. New brake linings also needa break-in period. Avoidmaking hard stops duringthe first 322 km (200 mi).This is recommended everytime brake linings arereplaced.

. Should the vehicle be usedfor racing or competitivedriving (after break-in), therear axle lubricant must bereplaced beforehand.

See Track Events and CompetitiveDriving 0 157.

Ignition Positions

The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.



To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be on and the brake pedalmust be applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 179.


If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). When the vehicle isshifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will turn OFF.

Manual Transmission

If the vehicle is stationary, theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 179.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. Turn theignition off.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 192.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice within five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsthe use of some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.



ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 176. Theignition will then remain on.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Mode. The instruments andaudio systems will operate as theydo in ON/RUN, but the vehicle willnot be able to be driven. The enginewill not start in Service Mode. Pressthe button again to turn thevehicle off.

Starting the EnginePlace the transmission in theproper gear.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On Electrical Equipment0 218.


Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the vehiclewhen it is already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal down to thefloor, press the brake pedal, andstart the engine.

Starting the Vehicle

The RKE transmitter must be insidethe vehicle for the ignition to work.

Cell phone chargers can interferewith the operation of the KeylessAccess system. Battery chargersshould not be plugged in whenstarting or turning off the engine.

To start the vehicle:

1. For vehicles with an automatictransmission, press the brakepedal, then press ENGINESTART/STOP on theinstrument panel. For a manualtransmission, place the shiftlever in Neutral with theparking brake engaged. Holdthe clutch pedal down to thefloor, press the brake pedal,then press ENGINESTART/STOP.



If there is no RKE transmitter inthe vehicle or if there issomething causing interferencewith it, the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) will display amessage.

2. When the engine beginscranking, let go of the buttonand the engine cranksautomatically until it starts.If the battery in the RKEtransmitter is weak, the DIC willdisplay a message. The vehiclecan still be driven.

See “Starting the Vehicle with aLow Transmitter Battery” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8. If theRKE transmitter battery isdead, insert it into the rearcupholder to enable enginestarting.

3. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

4. If the engine does not start andno DIC message is displayed,wait 15 seconds before tryingagain to let the cranking motorcool down.

If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor while cranking for upto 15 seconds maximum. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, let go of theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,repeat these steps. This clearsthe extra gasoline from theengine.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

Stopping the Engine

If the vehicle has an automatictransmission, move the shift lever toP (Park) and press and holdENGINE START/STOP on theinstrument panel, until the engineshuts off. If the shift lever is not inP (Park), the engine shuts off andthe ignition goes to ACC/ACCESSORY. The DIC displaysSHIFT TO PARK. Once the shiftlever is moved to P (Park), thevehicle turns off.

If the vehicle has a manualtransmission, before getting out ofthe vehicle, shift to 1 (First) or



R (Reverse) and apply the parkingbrake. Then turn off the ignition offby pressing ENGINE START/STOPand release the clutch pedal whenthe engine has stopped.

If the RKE transmitter is notdetected inside the vehicle when itis turned off the DIC displays amessage.

Engine Heater

{ Warning

Do not plug in the engine blockheater while the vehicle is parkedin a garage or under a carport.Property damage or personalinjury may result. Always park thevehicle in a clear open area awayfrom buildings or structures.

If equipped, the engine heater canhelp in cold weather conditions at orbelow −18 °C (0 °F) for easierstarting and better fuel economyduring engine warm-up. Plug in thecoolant heater at least four hours

before starting the vehicle. Aninternal thermostat in the plug endof the cord will prevent engineheater operation at temperaturesabove −18 °C (0 °F).

Using the Engine Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord.

The electrical cord is on thepassenger side of the enginecompartment, next to theengine compartment fuseblock.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operating

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

condition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)When the ignition is turned from onto off, the following features (ifequipped) will continue to functionfor up to 10 minutes, or until thedriver door is opened. Thesefeatures will also work when theignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:

. Infotainment System

. Power Windows (during RAPthis functionality will be lostwhen any door is opened)

. Sunroof (during RAP thisfunctionality will be lost whenany door is opened)

. Auxiliary Power Outlet

. Audio System

. OnStar System

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.

See Electric Parking Brake0 192.

2. Hold the button on the shiftlever and push the shift levertoward the front of the vehicleinto P (Park).

3. Turn the ignition off.



Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 179.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parkingbrake set.

Release the button and check thatthe shift lever cannot be moved outof P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”previously in this section.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock control system.The shift lock release is designed to

prevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition ison and the brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 289.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition on.

3. Release the parking brake.See Electric Parking Brake0 192.

4. Press the shift lever button.

5. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.



2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If the shift lever still cannot bemoved from P (Park), see yourdealer.

Parking (ManualTransmission)

{ Warning

If the vehicle has a manualtransmission, never get out of thevehicle without first moving theshift lever into 1st or R (Reverse),setting the parking brake andturning the ignition off. Thevehicle can roll, which couldcause serious injury or death.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Active Fuel ManagementVehicles with V6 and V8 enginesand an automatic transmission haveActive Fuel Management. Thissystem allows the engine to operateon either all or four of its cylinders,depending on the driving conditions.

When less power is required, suchas cruising at a constant vehiclespeed, the system will operate infour cylinder mode, allowing thevehicle to achieve better fueleconomy. When greater powerdemands are required, such asaccelerating from a stop, passing,

or merging onto a freeway, thesystem will maintain full-cylinderoperation.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation. See ShiftingInto Park 0 179 andEngine Exhaust 0 182.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter outside thevehicle, it will continue to run for upto half an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to an hour.

The vehicle could turn off sooner if itis parked on a hill, due to lack ofavailable fuel.


The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Manual Transmission

The timer will reset if vehicle speedexceeds 4 km/h (2.5 mph).

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.



If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park 0 179 andEngine Exhaust 0 182. If the vehiclehas a manual transmission, seeParking (Manual Transmission)0 181.

AutomaticTransmissionThe Driver Information Center (DIC)displays the current range selectedin the lower right corner. If ManualMode is active, M and the currentgear selected is displayed. The DICalso displays the currently selectedDrive Mode. When Tour Mode isselected, T is displayed. WhenSport Mode is selected, S isdisplayed and if equipped TrackMode, Tr will be displayed.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe engine because the vehiclecannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 179.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an automatictransmission shift lock controlsystem. The regular brake must befully applied first and then the shift



lever button must be pressed beforeshifting from P (Park) when theignition is on. If you cannot shift outof P (Park), ease pressure on theshift lever, then push the shift leverall the way into P (Park) as youmaintain brake application. Thenpress the shift lever button andmove the shift lever into anothergear. See Shifting out of Park 0 180.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 169.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, useN (Neutral) only.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

Caution

A transmission hot message maydisplay if the automatictransmission fluid is too hot.Driving under this condition candamage the vehicle. Stop and idlethe engine to cool the automatictransmission fluid. This messageclears when the transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

Powertrain Braking

When driving on steep descentswith the shift lever in D (Drive)where frequent braking is required,



the transmission will shift down agear to help hold vehicle speed andreduce brake wear. If the brakecontinues to be pressed, thetransmission will downshift until thecorrect gear for optimal braking isreached.

If the road levels out and theaccelerator pedal is pressed, thetransmission will upshift until theappropriate gear is reached.

Caution

If the vehicle does not shift gears,the transmission could bedamaged. Have the vehicleserviced right away.

Performance Shifting

While driving in Sport Mode (L4,if equipped or V6, if equipped),or Sport Mode and Track Mode (V8,if equipped), if Tap Shift has notbeen activated, the transmissiondetermines when the vehicle isbeing driven in a competitivemanner. The transmission may

remain in a gear longer than itwould in the normal driving modebased on throttle input and vehiclelateral acceleration. If there is arapid reduction in throttle from aheavy throttle position at high rpm,the transmission will maintain thecurrent gear up to near redline rpm.While braking, the transmission willautomatically downshift to the nextlower gear keeping engine speedabove approximately 3000 rpm.If the vehicle is then driven for ashort time at a steady speed, andwithout high cornering loads, thetransmission will upshift one gear ata time until the highest availablegear is reached. After shifting to thehighest available gear, thetransmission will return to normalSport Mode shifting.

Manual Mode

Driver Shift Control (DSC)

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingDriver Shift Control (DSC), coulddamage the vehicle. Alwaysupshift when necessary whileusing DSC.



DSC allows shifting an automatictransmission similar to a manualtransmission. To use the DSCfeature:

1. Move the shift lever to the leftfrom D (Drive) into the sidegate marked with +/−.

2. Press the shift lever forward toupshift or rearward todownshift.

While using the DSC feature, thevehicle will have firmer, quickershifting. You can use this for sportdriving or when climbing ordescending hills, to stay in gearlonger, or to downshift for morepower or engine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high, nor to thenext higher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

While in the DSC mode, thetransmission will automaticallydownshift as the vehicle comes to astop. This will allow for more powerduring take-off.

Tap Shift

Tap Shift allows you to manuallycontrol the automatic transmission.To use Tap Shift, the shift lever mustbe in DSC mode. Vehicles with thisfeature have indicators on thesteering wheel. The paddles are onthe back of the steering wheel. Tapthe left paddle (−) to downshift, andthe right paddle (+) to upshift. The

Driver Information Center (DIC)display indicates the gear thevehicle is in.

Holding the left paddle for anextended time will downshift thetransmission to the lowestavailable gear.

While in Manual Mode, thetransmission will prevent shifting toa lower gear if the engine speed istoo high. If the tap down − (Minus)paddle is held while the vehicleslows down, the M in the DIC willflash, and the downshift will beallowed when vehicle speed is lowenough. Continuing to hold the tapdown − (Minus) paddle will notcause the transmission to continuedownshifting. Each downshift mustbe requested separately byreleasing and reapplying the tapdown − (Minus) paddle.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

Vehicles equipped with a Head-UpDisplay (HUD) may also haveperformance shift timing lightsacross the top of the display.



The rows of lights get closertogether as the maximum shift pointgets closer. Shift the transmissionbefore the lights come together inthe display. Shift immediately if thelights are flashing.

See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 120.

Temporary Tap Shift Mode allowsbrief entry into Tap Shift Mode whilein D (Drive). Tapping either theupshift or downshift control willplace the transmission in Tap ShiftMode. Exit Tap Shift Mode byholding the upshift control fortwo seconds. The system will returnto automatic shifting afterseven seconds of driving at asteady speed, or when the vehiclecomes to a stop.

This may be used for sport drivingor when climbing or descendinghills, to stay in gear longer, or todownshift for more power or enginebraking. The transmission will onlyallow you to shift into gearsappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions per minute(rpm). The transmission will notautomatically shift to the next higher

gear if the engine rpm is too high.If shifting is prevented for anyreason, the gear displayed in theDIC will blink several times,indicating that the transmission hasnot shifted gears. While in the TapShift Mode, the transmission will notautomatically downshift on hardacceleration.

Manual Transmission

Shift Pattern – V8 Engine



Shift Pattern – L4 and V6 Engines

These are the shift patterns for the6-speed manual transmissions.

Caution

The message MANUALTRANSMISSION — RELEASECLUTCH PEDAL displays and achime sounds if the manualtransmission clutch pedal ispartially applied for an extendedperiod of time while the vehicle isbeing driven. Driving with theclutch pedal applied can reduce

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the life of the clutch and/ordamage it. Fully release theclutch pedal after each gearchange.

Caution

The message REDUCEDPERFORMANCE — REDUCECLUTCH USE displays andengine torque is momentarilylimited if excessive manualtransmission clutch slip isdetected while the clutch pedal isfully released. This could becaused by a hot clutch. Apply lesspressure on the accelerator pedalwhen accelerating from a stop.Also, fully release the acceleratorpedal during gear changes. Thiswill allow the clutch to cool andshould prevent further clutch slipwhile the clutch pedal is fully

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

released. If this message displaysrepeatedly, see your dealer.Repeated clutch slip could causepermanent damage.

Caution

The message TRANSMISSION ISHOT — SLOW DOWN displaysand a chime sounds if the manualtransmission fluid is hot andvehicle speed is high. Driving withthe manual transmission fluidtemperature high can damage thevehicle. Drive at a slower speedto cool the manual transmissionfluid. This message clears whenthe vehicle has slowed sufficientlyor if the manual transmission fluidhas cooled sufficiently.



To operate the transmission:

1 : Press the clutch pedal to thefloor and shift into 1 (First). Thenslowly let up on the clutch pedalwhile pressing the acceleratorpedal.

Shift into 1 (First) when going lessthan 65 km/h (40 mph). If the vehiclecomes to a complete stop and it ishard to shift into 1 (First), put theshift lever in Neutral and let up onthe clutch. Press the clutch pedalback down to the floor. Then shiftinto 1 (First).

2 : Press the clutch pedal to thefloor while letting up on theaccelerator pedal and shift into2 (Second). Then, slowly let up onthe clutch pedal while pressing theaccelerator pedal.

3, 4, 5, and 6 : Shift into 3 (Third),4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) thesame way as for 2 (Second). Slowlylet up on the clutch pedal whilepressing the accelerator pedal.

To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use this position whenstarting or idling the engine. Theshift lever is in Neutral when it iscentered in the shift pattern, not inany gear.

R : To back up, press the clutchpedal to the floor and shift intoR (Reverse). Let up on the clutchpedal slowly while pressing theaccelerator pedal.

One to Four Shift Message(V8 Only)

When this message comes on, thevehicle can only be shifted from1 (First) to 4 (Fourth) instead of1 (First) to 2 (Second). The messagewill display in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

Complete the shift into 4 (Fourth) toturn off this feature. This helps toget the best possible fuel economy.

After shifting to 4 (Fourth), downshiftto a lower gear, if desired.



Caution

Forcing the shift lever into anygear except 4 (Fourth) when the1-4 SHIFT message comes onmay damage the transmission.Shift only from 1 (First) to4 (Fourth) when the messagecomes on.

This message will come on when:

. The engine coolant temperatureis higher than 76 °C (169 °F).

. The vehicle is accelerating froma stop and going 24 to 31 km/h(15 to 19 mph).

. The vehicle is at 33% throttleor less.

Once displayed, the message willremain in the DIC for two seconds,even if the conditions for skip shiftare no longer satisfied.

Vehicles equipped with a Head-UpDisplay (HUD) may also haveperformance shift timing lightsacross the top of the display.

The rows of lights get closertogether as the maximum shift pointgets closer. Shift the transmissionbefore the lights come together inthe display. Shift immediately if thelights are flashing.

See Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 120.

Active Rev MatchVehicles equipped with a V8 engineand a manual transmission haveActive Rev Match (ARM). ARM aidsin smoother shifting by matching theengine speed to the next selectedgear. By monitoring shift lever andclutch operation, ARM adjustsengine speed to match a calibratedvalue based on gear selection. Onupshifts and downshifts, enginespeed will be decreased andincreased to match vehicle roadspeed and transmission gearposition. ARM is maintained whilethe clutch pedal is pressed, but willdeactivate if the shift lever is left inthe Neutral position.

The system is activated anddeactivated by pressing either of thepaddles marked REV MATCH onthe steering wheel. The systemmust be activated with each newignition cycle.

A gear indicator in the instrumentcluster displays the current gearselected:

. When ARM is activated, thegear number is amber.

. When ARM is deactivated, thegear number is white.

. If no gear number is displayedwhile the shift lever is in gear,service is required. ARM will be



disabled, and the malfunctionindicator lamp will be on. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp0 109. The clutch and manualtransmission will continue tooperate normally.

ARM will also:

. Only be active above 25 km/h(16 mph).

. Only match engine speed up to5400 rpm.

. Not operate when theaccelerator pedal is applied.

. Be disabled when the coolanttemperature is below 0 °C (32 °F).

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent a braking skid andmaintain steering whilebraking hard.

ABS performs a system check whenthe vehicle is first driven.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and the brake pedal may moveslightly. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 113.

ABS does not change the timeneeded to get a foot on the brakepedal and does not alwaysdecrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle ahead,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room ahead to stop,even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly.Hearing or feeling ABS operate isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking atthe same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpeven more than braking.



Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the ignition isoff. To prevent draining the battery,avoid repeated cycles of the EPBsystem when the engine is notrunning.

The system has aY or PARK

Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8Service Parking Brake light. SeeElectric Parking Brake Light 0 112andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 112.

Before leaving the vehicle, check fortheY or PARK light to ensure thatthe parking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

TheY or PARK light will flash andthen stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If theY or PARK lightflashes continuously, then the EPBis only partially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if theY orPARK light is flashing. See yourdealer. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 112.

If the 8 light is on, pull the EPBswitch and hold it. Continue to holdthe switch until theY or PARK

light remains on. If the 8 lightremains on, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch ispulled. If the switch is pulled untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.



3. Press the EPB switchmomentarily.

The EPB is released when theYor PARK light is off.

If the 8 light is on, release the EPBby pressing and holding the EPBswitch. Continue to hold the switchuntil theY or PARK light is off.If either light stays on after releaseis attempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made to

drive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

The EPB can also be used toprevent roll back for vehicles with amanual transmission taking off on ahill. When no roll back is desired, anapplied EPB will allow both feet tobe used for the clutch andaccelerator pedals in preparation forstarting the vehicle moving in theintended direction. In this case,there is no need to press the switchto release the EPB.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brakepedal applications due toemergency braking situations andprovides additional braking toactivate the Antilock Brake System(ABS) if the brake pedal is notpushed hard enough to activateABS normally. Minor noise, brakepedal pulsation, and/or pedalmovement during this time mayoccur. Continue to apply the brake

pedal as the driving situationdictates. Brake Assist disengageswhen the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely.You may not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 154.

When the vehicle is stopped on agrade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)temporarily prevents the vehiclefrom rolling in an unintendeddirection during the transition frombrake pedal release to acceleratorpedal apply. The brakes releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied or automatically releaseafter a few seconds. The brakes



may also release under otherconditions. Do not rely on HSA tohold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle isfacing uphill in a forward gear,or when facing downhill inR (Reverse). The vehicle mustcome to a complete stop on a gradefor HSA to activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC).These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak/ESCbegins to limit wheel spin, cruisecontrol will disengage. Cruisecontrol may be turned back on whenroad conditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 169and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andreleaseY. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, pressY.

The traction off light i displayed inthe instrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whenY is pressed, the system will notturn off until the wheels stopspinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and holdY until the

traction off light i and StabiliTrak/

ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster.



To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, pressY. The traction off

light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF

light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 221.

Engine Drag Control (EDC)

EDC improves vehicle stability bysensing if there is a difference inspeed between the free rolling frontwheels and the rear drive wheelsthat often occurs when the drivertakes their foot off the acceleratorpedal on slippery surfaces (snow,ice, etc.). When this is detected,EDC sends more torque to the rearwheels to make sure all four wheelsare spinning at similar speeds,making the vehicle more stable.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control adds a sportierfeel, provide a more comfortableride, or assist in different weatherconditions or terrain. This systemsimultaneously changes thesoftware calibration of varioussub-systems to optimize drivingperformance. Depending on theoption package, available features,and mode selected, the exhaust,suspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrationsto achieve the desired modecharacteristics. If the vehicle isequipped with Magnetic RideControl, selecting the various DriverModes adjusts the ride of thevehicle to enhance the rideperformance for the road conditionsand the selected mode.

While in the Sport and/or TrackModes, the vehicle monitors drivingbehavior and automatically enablesPerformance Shift Features in theautomatic transmission whenspirited driving is detected. Thesefeatures maintain lowertransmission gears to increase

available engine braking andimprove acceleration response. Thevehicle will exit these features andreturn to normal operation after ashort period when no spirited drivingis detected.

Driver Mode Control Switch

The Driver Mode Control has threeor four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice, and Track. Pressy orz onthe MODE switch on the centerconsole to make a mode selection.Pressing the switch will display themoding menu in the instrumentcluster with all available ride modes.Every switch press will select andactivate the next available mode.



When Sport, Snow/Ice, or TrackMode is selected, a unique andpersistent indicator will be displayedin the instrument cluster.

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth, softride. This setting provides abalanced setting between comfortand handling. This is thestandard mode.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When Sport Mode is selected, thetransmission may downshift to alower gear for better performance.The transmission will continue toshift automatically but can hold alower gear longer than it would inthe Tour Mode based on braking,throttle input, and vehicle lateralacceleration. See AutomaticTransmission 0 183. The steeringwill change to provide more precisecontrol. If the vehicle has Magnetic

Ride Control, the suspension willchange to provide better corneringperformance. If the vehicle isequipped with Active Exhaust, theexhaust valves will open earlier andmore often. Competitive DrivingMode can be accessed through thismode by pressingY on theconsole twice.

This Competitive Driving Mode isonly on SS, 1LE, and ZL1 vehicles.For example, a vehicle with aV6 engine and automatictransmission will have Sport Mode,but will not be able to accessCompetitive Driving Mode.

Snow/Ice Mode

If equipped, use when more tractionis needed during slipperyconditions. The automatictransmission will upshift normallywhen the vehicle is moving. Theacceleration will adjust to helpprovide a smoother launch. Theautomatic transmission will also shiftdifferently to assist in maintainingtraction.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 169.

Track Mode

If equipped, use when maximumvehicle handling is desired.

When Track Mode is selected, thetransmission may downshift to alower gear for better performance.The automatic transmission andsteering will function similar toSport Mode.



The accelerator pedal is adjusted togive maximum control during thehighest level of spirited driving. TheMagnetic Ride Control will be set tothe optimum level for vehicleresponsiveness. If the vehicle isequipped with Active Exhaust, the

exhaust valves will open.Performance Traction Management(PTM) can be accessed through thismode by pressingY on theconsole twice.

There are attributes that vary bymode shown below. Not all vehicleshave all features, depending on thevehicle options.



Modes: SNOW/ICE TOURDefault

SPORT TRACK

Throttle Progression Weather Normal Normal Track

Transmission Shift Mode (Automatic Only) Normal Normal Sport Track

Engine Sound Management (if equipped) Stealth Tour Sport Track

Steering Tour Tour Sport Track

StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)- Competitive Driving Mode/PTM (ifequipped)

N/A N/A CompetitiveDriving Mode

Available

PTM Available

Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Tour Sport Track

Launch Control (when in CompetitiveDriving Mode)

N/A N/A Available Available

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quickly or slowly thethrottle reacts to input.

Automatic Transmission ShiftMode (if equipped)

Adjusts from normal operation toSport or Track shifting features.

Engine Sound Management (ifequipped)

Changes when variable exhaustvalves open or close.

Engine Sound Enhancement(turbo 4)

Allows the ability to turn EngineSound Enhancement off.

Steering

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelin Tour Mode to reduced assist formore steering feel.

StabiliTrak/ESC - CompetitiveDriving Mode (if equipped)

Available in Sport and Track Modes.



Magnetic Ride Control (ifequipped)

Adjusts the shock damping firmnessbased on driving conditions toimprove comfort and performance.

Launch Control (when inCompetitive Driving Mode)

Available only in Sport and TrackModes for maximum “off-the-line”acceleration when in CompetitiveDriving Mode.

For more information, see TrackEvents and Competitive Driving0 157.

Competitive Driving Mode(SS, ZL1 and 1LEModels Only)Competitive Driving Mode andLaunch Control are systemsdesigned to allow increasedperformance while accelerating and/or cornering. This is accomplishedby regulating and optimizing theengine, brakes, and suspensionperformance. These modes are foruse at a closed course race track

and are not intended for use onpublic roads. They will notcompensate for a driver’sinexperience or lack of familiaritywith the race track. Drivers whoprefer to allow the system to havemore control of the engine, brakes,and suspension are advised to turnthe normal TCS and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)systems on.

Caution

Attempting to shift when the drivewheels are spinning and do nothave traction may cause damageto the transmission. Damagecaused by misuse of the vehicleis not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not attempt to shiftwhen the drive wheels do nothave traction.

Competitive Driving Mode allows fullengine power while the StabiliTrak/ESC system helps maintaindirectional control of the vehicle byselective brake application. In this

mode, TCS is off and LaunchControl is available. Adjust yourdriving style to account for theavailable engine power. See“Launch Control” later in thissection.

These lights are on when thevehicle is in the CompetitiveDriving Mode.



This optional handling mode can beselected by pressing the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button on theconsole two times. The appropriatemessage displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

When the TCS/StabiliTrak/ESCbutton is pressed again, the TCSand StabiliTrak/ESC systems areon. The appropriate messagedisplays briefly in the DIC.

Launch Control

If the vehicle has the LT1 10 speedtransmission, see Track Events andCompetitive Driving 0 157 forcustom launch control information.

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within Competitive DrivingMode, to allow the driver to achievehigh levels of vehicle acceleration ina straight line. Launch Control is aform of traction control thatmanages tire spin while launchingthe vehicle. This feature is intendedfor use during closed course raceevents where consistent zero tosixty and quarter mile times aredesirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Competitive Driving Mode isselected.

. The vehicle is not moving.

. The steering wheel is pointingstraight.

Manual Transmissions

. The clutch is pressed to floorand the vehicle is in1 (First) gear.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle.

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilize.A smooth, quick release of theclutch, while maintaining the fullypressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip. Complete shiftsare described in ManualTransmission 0 187.

Automatic Transmissions

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle. (Ifthe vehicle rolls due to wideopen throttle, release thethrottle, press the brake pedalmore firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

After the vehicle is launched, thesystem continues in CompetitiveDriving Mode.



Competitive Driving Mode andLaunch Control are systemsdesigned for a closed course racetrack and not intended for use onpublic roads. The systems are notintended to compensate for lack ofdriver experience or familiarity withthe race track.

Limited-Slip Rear AxleVehicles with a limited-slip rear axlecan give more traction on snow,mud, ice, sand, or gravel. Whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Thelimited-slip rear axle also gives thedriver enhanced control whencornering hard or completing amaneuver, such as a lane change.For vehicles with limited-slipdifferential, driven under severeconditions, the rear axle fluid shouldbe changed. See CompetitiveDriving Mode (SS, ZL1 and 1LEModels Only) 0 200 andMaintenance Schedule 0 306.

Cruise ControlWhen using cruise control, thevehicle can maintain a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morewithout keeping your foot on theaccelerator. Cruise control does notwork at speeds below 40 km/h(25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If equipped with a manualtransmission, the cruise control willremain active when the gears are

shifted. The cruise is disengaged ifthe clutch is pressed for severalseconds.

If the StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system begins to limitwheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 194. When roadconditions allow you to safely use itagain, cruise control can be turnedback on.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

Cruise control is not available whenusing Competitive Driving Mode,if equipped. See Competitive DrivingMode (SS, ZL1 and 1LE ModelsOnly) 0 200.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.



Cruise Control with Cancel Button Cruise Control without CancelButton

1 : Press to turn the system on andoff. A white indicator appears in theinstrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

* : If equipped, press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

RES+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume tothat speed or hold upward toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

SET− : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 1 is on when not in use, SET− orRES+ could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 1 offwhen cruise control is notbeing used.

1. Press 1 to turn cruisecontrol on.

2. Get up to the speed desired.

3. Press and release SET−.

4. Remove your foot from theaccelerator.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 98.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed,



if equipped, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press RES+. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold RES+ until thedesired speed is reached, andthen release it.

. To increase the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressRES+. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See “Options” underInstrument Cluster 0 98. Theincrement value used depends onthe units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET−. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See “Options” underInstrument Cluster 0 98. Theincrement value used depends onthe units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle slows down to the previouslyset cruise control speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release to

override cruise control, brieflypressing SET– will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep yourspeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal(manual and automatictransmissions).

. Press the clutch pedal forseveral seconds or shift toNeutral (manual transmissions).


Driving and Operating 205. Shift to N (Neutral) (automatic

transmissions).

. Press*, if equipped.

. To turn off cruise control,press 1.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 1 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 154.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked. . Front and rear bumpers and the

area below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA), andRear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)



after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press anybutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of approximately12 km/h (8 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that Rear Park Assist (RPA)has detected an object. This trianglechanges from amber to red andincreases in size the closer theobject.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Park Assist

With RPA, as the vehicle backs upat speeds of less than 8 km/h(5 mph), the sensors on the rearbumper may detect objects up to2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle withina zone 25 cm (10 in) high off theground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather.



Blocked sensors will not detectobjects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors cleanof mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withPark Assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear. When an object isvery close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in thevehicle rear), five beeps will soundfrom the rear.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow to warn of trafficcoming from the left or right. Thissystem detects objects coming from

up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left orright side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, three beepssound from the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

See Radio Frequency Statement0 335.

Turning the Features On or Off

RPA and RCTA can be turned on oroff. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

To turn the rear Park Assist symbolsor guidance lines on or off, see“Rear Camera” under VehiclePersonalization 0 124.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidly



beeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 154.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display



Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a vehicle ahead much tooclosely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,or Off. The first button press showsthe current setting on the DIC.Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changedand will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttimings may not be appropriate forall drivers and driving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are notvehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forward



gear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone

2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.



Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 124.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driving on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers). During a trip, the LCAsystem is not operational until thevehicle first reaches a speed of24 km/h (15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alertto objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection ofvehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. The

system may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 294.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Radio Frequency Information




Fuel

Top Tier FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline to keepthe engine clean, reduce enginedeposits, and maintain optimalvehicle performance. Look for theTOP TIER Logo or seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Recommended Fuel (3.6LV6 Engine)

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 —(R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not usegasoline with a posted octane ratingof less than 87, as this may causeengine knock and will lower fueleconomy.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Recommended Fuel (2.0LL4 Turbo Engine and 6.2LV8 Engine)

Premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 —(R+M)/2 — is highly recommendedfor best performance and fueleconomy. Unleaded gasoline withan octane rated as low as 87 can beused. Using unleaded gasolinerated below 93 octane, however, willlead to reduced acceleration andfuel economy. If knocking occurs,use a gasoline rated at 93 octaneas soon as possible, otherwise, theengine could be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when usinggasoline with a 93 octane rating, theengine needs service.




Recommended Fuel (6.2LV8 Supercharged Engine)

Use premium unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 93 —(R+M)/2. If unavailable, unleadedgasoline with a posted octane ratingof 91 may be used, but with reducedperformance and fuel economy.If the octane is less than 91, theengine could be damaged and therepairs would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If heavy knockingis heard when using gasoline ratedat 93 octane, the engine needsservice.


Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles that are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16–50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal,ferrocene, and aniline.These fuels can corrodemetal fuel system parts ordamage plastic and rubberparts.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see ProhibitedFuels 0 214.



Fuel AdditivesTOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ishighly recommended for use withyour vehicle. If your country doesnot have TOP TIER DetergentGasoline, add ACDelco FuelSystem Treatment Plus−Gasoline tothe vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank atevery oil change or 15 000 km(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline andACDelco Fuel System TreatmentPlus−Gasoline will help keep yourvehicle’s engine fuel deposit freeand performing optimally.

Filling the TankAn arrow on the fuel gaugeindicates which side of the vehiclethe fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge0 103.

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Follow these guidelines to helpavoid injuries to you and others:

. Read and follow all theinstructions on the fuelpump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Avoid using electronicdevices while refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Before touching the fillnozzle, touch a metallicobject to discharge staticelectricity from your body.

. Fuel can spray out if the fillnozzle is inserted tooquickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the fill nozzleslowly and wait for any hissnoise to stop beforebeginning to flow fuel.



To open the fuel door, push andrelease the rearward center edge ofthe door.

The capless refueling system doesnot have a fuel cap. Fully insert andlatch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Fuel spills.

. Under certain conditions,fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Waitfive seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the fillnozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 294. Push the fueldoor closed until it latches.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove the fillnozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableFuel Container

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portable fuelcontainer:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpetin the trunk.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel from aportable fuel container withoutusing the funnel adapter maycause fuel spillage and damagethe capless fuel system. Thiscould cause a fire. You or otherscould be badly burned and thevehicle could be damaged.



3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return it to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. To help avoidinjury to you and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, in a pickupbed, or on any surface otherthan the ground.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Bring the fill nozzle incontact with the inside ofthe fill opening beforeoperating the nozzle.Maintain contact until fillingis complete.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not use electronicdevices while pumping fuel.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformation

{ Warning

Never tow a trailer with yourvehicle. It was not designed orintended to tow a trailer.



Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp 0 109. A device connectedto the DLC — such as anaftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 68 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.


Vehicle Care 219

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 220California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 221Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Engine Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 232Automatic Transmission

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 234Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Engine Air Filter Life System

(2.0L LTG and 3.6L LGXEngines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 235Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 241

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Battery - North America . . . . . . 246Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 247Automatic Transmission Shift

Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 247

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 248Windshield Replacement . . . . . 249Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . 250

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251High Intensity Discharge (HID)

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 252

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 252Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 253

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 263Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Tire Terminology and

Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Tire Pressure for High-Speed

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278


220 Vehicle Care

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 280Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 292Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 246andJump Starting - North America0 289 and the back cover.


Vehicle Care 221

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inelectronic keys, may containperchlorate materials. PerchlorateMaterial – special handling mayapply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 334.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 68.


222 Vehicle Care

If equipped with remote vehiclestart, open the hood beforeperforming any service work toprevent remote starting the vehicleaccidentally. See Remote VehicleStart 0 16.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 319.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood

{ Warning

Turn the vehicle off beforeopening the hood. If the engine isrunning with the hood open, youor others could be injured.

{ Warning

Components under the hood canget hot from running the engine.To help avoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touchthese components until they havecooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hoodbefore opening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthei symbol. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontcenter of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release leverto the right to release.

3. After you have partially liftedthe hood, the gas strut systemwill automatically lift the hoodand hold it in the fully openposition.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly, and all tools areremoved.


Vehicle Care 223

2. Pull the hood down until thestrut system is no longerholding up the hood.

3. Allow the hood to fall. Check tomake sure the hood is latchedcompletely. Repeat thisprocess with additional force ifnecessary.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thehood is not latched completely.The hood could open fully, blockyour vision, and cause a crash.You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completelybefore driving.


224 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG)


Vehicle Care 225

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 243.

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 237.

3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 229.

4. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 229.

5. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.See Brake Fluid 0 244 andHydraulic Clutch 0 234.

6. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 235.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See Cooling System0 237.

8. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 253.

9. Negative (–) Battery Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 289.

10. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 289.


226 Vehicle Care

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX)


Vehicle Care 227












228 Vehicle Care

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1)


Vehicle Care 229











If the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4engine, see the Camaro HighPerformance supplement.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 232.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly,every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 224 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves when


230 Vehicle Care

checking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

LTG 2.0L L4 Engine

LGX 3.6L V6 Engine Shown, 6.2LV8 Engine Similar

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 321.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If the oil level is

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

above the operating range (i.e.,the engine has so much oil thatthe oil level gets above thecross-hatched area that showsthe proper operating range), theengine could be damaged. Drainthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle, and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 224 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.


Vehicle Care 231

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(2.0L (LTG) L4 and 3.6L (LGX)V6 Engines)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Specification

Use full synthetic engine oils thatmeet the dexos1 specification.Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil. Cold TemperatureOperation: In an area of extremecold, where the temperature fallsbelow −29 °C (−20 °F), an SAE0W-30 oil may be used. An oil ofthis viscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engine atextremely low temperatures.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil(6.2L (LT1) V8 Engine)

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Specification

Use engine oils that meet thedexos2 specification. Engine oilsthat have been approved by GM asmeeting the dexos2 specificationare marked with the dexos2approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.


232 Vehicle Care

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-40 viscosity gradeengine oil.

When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade, it isrecommended to select an oil of thecorrect specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

If 0W-40 dexos2 oil is not available,SAE 5W-30 dexos1 full syntheticengine oil may be used forstreet use.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system must


Vehicle Care 233

be reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Display the REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

2. Press and hold SEL on the DICwhile the Oil Life display isactive. The oil life will changeto 100%.

The oil life system can also be resetas follows:

1. Display the REMAINING OILLIFE on the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

2. Fully press and release theaccelerator pedal three timeswithin five seconds.

The system is reset when theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage goes off.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leak

occurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information orthe procedure can be found in theservice manual. To purchase aservice manual, see PublicationOrdering Information 0 334.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatictransmission fluid may damagethe vehicle, and the damage maynot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use the correctautomatic transmission fluid. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.


234 Vehicle Care

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in MaintenanceSchedule 0 306, and be sure to usethe fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316.

Manual TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check themanual transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchFor vehicles with a manualtransmission, it is not necessary toregularly check brake/clutch fluidunless there is a leak suspected.Adding fluid will not correct a leak.A fluid loss in this system couldindicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The brake/hydraulic clutch fluidreservoir cap has this symbol on it.See Engine Compartment Overview0 224 for reservoir location. Thecommon hydraulic clutch and brakemaster cylinder fluid reservoir isfilled with brake fluid as indicated onthe reservoir cap. See Brake Fluid0 244 for brake fluid to use.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the brake/clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid system shouldbe closed and sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top-off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Filter LifeSystem (2.0L LTG and3.6L LGX Engines Only)

When to Change Engine AirFilter

If equipped, this feature provides anindication of when to change theengine air filter. It is based ondriving conditions, which can causewhen to change to vary greatly. It ispossible an air filter change may notbe indicated for up to four years.

When the "Replace at Next OilChange" message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the time of the next engine oilchange. When the "Replace EngineAir Filter Now" message displays,the engine air filter should bereplaced as soon as possible. Resetthe engine air filter life system after


Vehicle Care 235

the engine air filter is replaced. Seeyour dealer for service and to resetthe system.

How to Reset Engine Air FilterLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine air filter is replaced so thatthe system can calculate the nextengine air filter change.

To reset:

1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

2. Select Engine Air Filter Life onthe DIC menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

3. Press p to move to the Reset/Disable display area. SelectReset then press SEL. Thenpress Yes to confirm the reset.

4. 100% Air Filter Life will bedisplayed when the Engine AirFilter Life System issuccessfully reset.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterIf the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4engine, see the Camaro HighPerformance supplement.

The engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 224 forlocation.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter. For intervals on changing and

inspecting the engine air filter,see Maintenance Schedule0 306.

. If equipped with Engine Air FilterLife System, see Engine AirFilter Life System (2.0L LTG and3.6L LGX Engines Only) 0 234.

. If driving in very dusty areas,follow the engine air filterinspecting and changingintervals, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 306.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter:


236 Vehicle Care


1. Remove the four screws andlift the cover assembly.

2. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

3. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 toreinstall the housing cover.


1. Remove the four screws andlift the cover assembly.




1. Remove the five screws and liftthe cover assembly.



{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. Use cautionwhen working on the engine. Do

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 237

Warning (Continued)

not start the engine or drive thevehicle with the air cleaner/filteroff, as flames may be present ifthe engine backfires.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen driving.

Cooling SystemIf the vehicle has a 6.2L V8 LT4engine, see the Camaro HighPerformance supplement.

The cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.


1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)





238 Vehicle Care




{ Warning

An underhood electric fan canstart up even when the engine isnot running and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiatorhoses, or other engine parts.They can be very hot and canburn you. Do not run the engine ifthere is a leak; all coolant couldleak out. That could cause anengine fire and can burn you. Fixany leak before driving thevehicle.

Engine Coolant

The cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See Maintenance Schedule0 306 andRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 241.

What to Use

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheatwarning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature

. Protects against rust andcorrosion

. Will not damage aluminum parts


Vehicle Care 239. Helps keep the proper engine

temperature

Caution

Do not use anything other than amix of DEX-COOL coolant thatmeets GM StandardGMW3420 and clean, drinkablewater. Anything else can causedamage to the engine coolingsystem and the vehicle, whichwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running. It isalso normal to see bubbles enteringthe surge tank through thesmall hose.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the cold fillline, add a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

It is normal for the coolant level inthe bottom chamber to rise and fallwith operating temperature andambient conditions. Coolant willevaporate from the bottom chamberin normal operation. This willhappen faster when the vehicle isdriven for long periods in hot, dryconditions.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at the bottomof the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the cooling


240 Vehicle Care

system, including the coolant surgetank pressure cap, is cool beforeyou do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

{ Warning

Plain water, or other liquids suchas alcohol, can boil before theproper coolant mixture will. Withplain water or the wrong mixture,the engine could get too hot butthere would not be an overheat

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

warning. The engine could catchfire and you or others could beburned.

{ Warning

Spilling coolant on hot engineparts can burn you. Coolantcontains ethylene glycol and it willburn if the engine parts are hotenough.

Caution

Failure to follow the specificcoolant fill procedure could causethe engine to overheat and couldcause system damage. If coolantis not visible in the surge tank,contact your dealer.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap from the topchamber when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise. If you hear ahiss, wait for that to stop. Thiswill allow any pressure still leftto be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it. Open thesurge tank service port cap tothe lower chamber.


Vehicle Care 241

3. Fill the surge tank top chamberwith the proper mixture to thebottom of the fill neck. The topchamber needs to becompletely full. Fill the surgetank bottom chamber throughthe service port toapproximately half.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off and the surgetank service port cap open,start the engine and let it rununtil you can feel the upperradiator hose getting hot.Watch out for the enginecooling fan.

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tanktop chamber may be lower.If the level is lower, add moreof the proper mixture to thesurge tank top chamber untilthe level reaches the bottom ofthe fill neck.

5. Replace the surge tankpressure cap tightly and closethe surge tank service port cap.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss and enginedamage may occur. Be sure thecap is properly and tightlysecured.

Check the level in the surge tanktop and bottom chambers when thecooling system has cooled down.If the coolant is not at the properlevels, repeat Steps 1–3 andreinstall the pressure cap and closethe service port. If the coolant still is

not at the proper levels when thesystem cools down again, see yourdealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of the engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument cluster. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge 0 105.The vehicle may also display amessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside Assistance Program0 329.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.


242 Vehicle Care

Caution

Do not run the engine if there is aleak in the engine cooling system.This can cause a loss of allcoolant and can damage thesystem and vehicle. Have anyleaks fixed right away.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system are underpressure. Turning the pressurecap, even a little, can cause themto come out at high speed andyou could be burned. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the pressure cap, is hot.Wait for the cooling system andpressure cap to cool.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment with noOverheat Warning

The hood extractor, if equipped, isfunctional. It will allow water fromrain and car washes to enter theengine compartment and contacthot surfaces. If steam is comingfrom the hood extractor with noaccompanying overheat warning, noservice is needed.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day

. Stops after high-speed driving

. Idles for long periods in traffic

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) for an automatictransmission or Neutral for amanual transmission, and letthe engine idle.

If the engine coolant temperaturegauge is no longer in theoverheated area, the vehicle can bedriven. Continue to drive the vehicleslowly for about 10 minutes. Keep asafe vehicle distance from thevehicle in front. If the warning doesnot come back on, continue to drivenormally and have the coolingsystem checked for proper fill andfunction.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.


Vehicle Care 243

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature can fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe reservoir is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 224 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.


244 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased build-up of brake dust aswell as minor noises as comparedto standard brake linings.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 321.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Cold Weather Brake Operation(SS Model)

High performance brakecomponents may bind and clunkwhen moving the vehicle. This maybe noticeable after parking when thebrakes have been wet, such aswhen driving in the rain or after acar wash. This is normal for brakeswith high friction pads and does notaffect the operation of the brakes.Apply the brakes several times untilthe binding or clunking stops. Drivethe vehicle and apply the brakesseveral times if it is washed beforelong-term storage.

Brake Fluid

The brake/clutch master cylinderreservoir is filled with GM approvedDOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on


Vehicle Care 245

the reservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 224 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

Place the vehicle in P (Park) orNeutral with the parking brakeapplied if equipped with a manualtransmission. On a level surface,the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum andmaximum marks on the brake fluidreservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system. Have thebrake/clutch hydraulic systemfixed. With a leak, the brakes willnot work well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake/clutchhydraulic system.

When the brake/clutch fluid falls to alow level, the brake warning lightcomes on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 111.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluid

at the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 306.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.


246 Vehicle Care

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

The battery is in the trunk, behindthe trim panel, on the passengerside of the vehicle. Refer to thereplacement number shown on theoriginal battery label when a newbattery is needed.

The vehicle has an Absorbed GlassMat (AGM) 12-volt battery.Installation of a standard 12-voltbattery will result in reduced 12-voltbattery life. When using a 12-voltbattery charger on the 12-volt AGMbattery, some chargers have anAGM battery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

compounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 220 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 289 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Rear Axle

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck the rear axle fluid, unless aleak is suspected or an unusualnoise is heard. A fluid loss couldindicate a problem. Have itinspected and repaired by yourdealer.


Vehicle Care 247

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.


248 Vehicle Care

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.See Maintenance Schedule 0 306.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 318.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

Caution

Keep the hood closed to avoiddamaging the paint.

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in themiddle of the wiper bladewhere the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull thewiper blade down toward thewindshield far enough torelease it from the J-hookedend of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damage

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 249

Caution (Continued)

the windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

The windshield is part of the HUDsystem. If the windshield must bereplaced, get one that is designedfor HUD or the HUD image maylook out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installed

according to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

hood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 306.


250 Vehicle Care

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


Vehicle Care 251

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Back-Up Lamps

For the base and the upleveltaillamp assembly, only the back-upbulb is replaceable. Removal of thetaillamp assembly is not necessaryto change this bulb.

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk0 21.

2. Remove the three pushpinfasteners and cover.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise to remove it.


252 Vehicle Care

4. Pull the old bulb straight out ofthe bulb socket.

5. Push the new bulb straight intothe bulb socket until it clicks.

6. Turn the bulb socket clockwiseto reinstall.

7. Install the three pushpinfasteners and cover.

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Unclip the license plate lampfrom the fascia opening.

2. Pull the license plate lampdown through the fasciaopening.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull thebulb straight out of the lampsocket.

4. Install the new bulb.

5. Push the bulb straight into thesocket and turn clockwise toreinstall.

6. Reinstall the license plate lampby lifting it through the fasciaopening until the clip is inplace.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.


Vehicle Care 253

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 253 andRear Compartment Fuse Block0 257.

Engine CompartmentFuse Block


254 Vehicle Care

To remove the hinged fuse blockcover, press the clip at the front ofthe cover, and swing it up.

Caution

Do not pull the enginecompartment fuse block lever,since it is intended only forservice purposes. If pulled,vehicle malfunction may occur.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 ABS pump

F2 –


Vehicle Care 255

Fuses Usage

F3 Driverpower seat

F4 Cooling fan

F5 Passengerpower seat

F6 –

F7 –

F8 –

F9 –

F10 –

F11 AUX DRL

F12 Front wiper

F13 Starter

F14 Brakevacuum pump

F15 Automaticheadlamplevelingmodule

F16 Frontheated seat

Fuses Usage

F17 Passengerwindow

F18 Body controlmodule 4

F19 SDM/AOS

F20 OnStar/Navigation


F22 ABS valve

F23 –

F24 –

F25 Electricsteeringcolumn lock


F27 –



Fuses Usage

F30 Windshieldwiper

F31 Left HIDheadlamp

F32 Right HIDheadlamp

F33 –

F34 Horn

F35 Automaticheadlampleveling motor

F36 –

F37 Righthigh-beamheadlamp

F38 –

F39 –

F40 Rear electricalcenter/Ignition

F41 Malfunctionindicator lamp/Ignition


256 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F42 HVAC/ISRVM/OSRVM

F43 Rear drivecontrolmodule/ICCM

F44 –

F45 Sunroof


F47 CGM

F48 A/C clutch

F49 Heatedsteering wheel

F50 Fuel systemcontrol module/Ignition

F51 Rear exhaustvalve PTSQ

F52 –

F53 –

F54 Enginecoolant pump

Fuses Usage

F55 Fuel prime

F56 –

F57 Engine controlmodule/Ignition

F58 Transmissioncontrol module/Ignition

F59 –

F60 Transmissioncontrol modulebattery

F61 Non-walk/Vehicle

F62 Ignition coils– odd

F63 Non-walk/O2sensor

F64 Ignition coils– even

F65 –

F66 Engine controlmodule 1

Fuses Usage

F67 Engine controlmodule 2

F68 Spare

F69 Spare

F70 Spare

F71 Spare

F72 Spare

F73 Spare

F74 Spare

F75 Spare

F76 Spare

F77 Spare

Relays Usage

K1 –

K2 Run/Crank

K3 –

K4 Vacuum pump

K5 A/C control

K6 Coolant pump


Vehicle Care 257

Relays Usage

K7 Engine controlmodule

K8 Fuel prime

K9 –

K10 Starter

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block ison the right side under the trunkload floor.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

F1 Rear windowdefogger


258 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F2 Front blower

F3 Electric parkingbrake

F4 –

F5 –

F6 Rear drivecontrol module

F7 Right window

F8 –

F9 Left window

F10 Heated mirror

F11 –

F12 Heatedsteering wheel

F13 –

F14 HVAC control

F15 Spare

F16 Display

F17 Spare

F18 –

Fuses Usage

F19 Frontventilated seat

F20 Spare

F21 –

F22 –

F23 Body controlmodule

F24 –

F25 –

F26 –

F27 RGB lights

F28 Passive entry/Passive startbattery

F29 Data linkconnector

F30 Canister vent

F31 Power fold top

F32 Memory seatmodule

F33 Wirelesscharger

Fuses Usage

F34 Engine controlmodule battery

F35 Fuel systemcontrolmodule V6

F36 –

F37 Electricsteeringcolumn lock

F38 Outside rearview mirror/Power window

F39 Rear closure

F40 –

F41 Batteryregulatedvoltage control

F42 SADS

F43 Rear drivecontrolmodule/ICCM

F44 Folding topsolenoid


Vehicle Care 259

Fuses Usage

F45 Amplifier

F46 Fuel systemcontrolmodule V8

F47 Shunt

F48 –

F49 Steering wheel

F50 Front cameramodule

F51 Cameramodule

F52 Park assist

F53 –

F54 Side blindzone alert

F55 Radio

F56 –

F57 –

Relays Usage

K1 Rear windowdefogger

Relays Usage

K2 Fuel systemcontrol module

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 –

CB2 Retained accessorypower

CB3 –

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 170.

(Continued)


260 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

See Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 268 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 261.


Vehicle Care 261

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 276.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TiresThis vehicle, when new, may havehad run-flat tires. There is no sparetire, no tire changing equipment,and no place to store a tire in thevehicle.

The vehicle also has a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tire pressurein any of the tires.

{ Warning

If the low tire warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemaneuvers. Driving too fast couldcause loss of control and you or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

others could be injured. Do notdrive over 90 km/h (55 mph) whenthe low tire warning light isdisplayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tire pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tires can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tire. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tire may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, keep speed below 80 km/h(50 mph). With a light load thevehicle can be driven up to 100 km(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km(25 mi). As soon as possible,contact the nearest authorized GMor run-flat servicing facility forinspection and repair orreplacement.


262 Vehicle Care

When driving on a deflated run-flattire, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tireand/or wheel beyond repair. When atire has been damaged, or drivenany distance while deflated, checkwith an authorized run-flat tireservice center to determine whetherthe tire can be repaired or should bereplaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tires mustbe run-flat tires.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

Low-Profile TiresSee the Camaro High Performancesupplement.

If the vehicle has 245/40R20 or245/40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20size tires, they are classified aslow-profile tires.

Caution

Low-profile tires are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tires. Tire and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a curb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tires set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withcurbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.

Summer TiresHigh Performance Summer Tires

See the Camaro High Performancesupplement.

This vehicle may come with 245/40ZR20 and 275/35ZR20 highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread and

compound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 261.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C (20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 263

Caution (Continued)

24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 274.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexample shows a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specification

code molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).


264 Vehicle Care

The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 278.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter “P” as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.

For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem (3) of the illustration, itwould mean that the tire'ssidewall is 60 percent as high asit is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter “R” means radial plyconstruction; the letter “D”means diagonal or bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.


Vehicle Care 265

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 267.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 170.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 170.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 170.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.


266 Vehicle Care

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 170.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommended

tire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 267 andVehicle Load Limits 0 170.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.


Vehicle Care 267

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 275.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 278.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 170.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 170.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.


268 Vehicle Care

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 170.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tires

are cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure forHigh-Speed OperationSee the Camaro High Performancesupplement.

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tires.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat buildupand can cause sudden tire failure.This could cause a crash, andyou or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tiresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tires are rated for

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 269

Warning (Continued)

high-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tire inflationpressure for the vehicle load.

Vehicles with 245/40ZR20 95Y and275/35ZR20 98Y size tires, havetires capable of high-speed use.

Make sure vehicles with 245/40ZR20 95Y and 275/35ZR20 98Ysize tires are inflated to therecommended cold inflationpressures before operating thevehicle at speeds over 160 km/h(100 mph). See Vehicle Load Limits0 170 andTire Pressure 0 267.

Return the tires to therecommended cold tire inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 170 andTire Pressure 0 267.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and then


270 Vehicle Care

remain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 270.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressure

shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 170.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tires areinflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 116.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when


Vehicle Care 271

they are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 170, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 267.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 274, Tire Rotation 0 274 andTires 0 259.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMS

sensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 282 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire pressure warning lightflashes for about one minute andthen stays on for the remainder ofthe ignition cycle. A DIC warningmessage also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle until the problem is corrected.Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performed

successfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 276.


272 Vehicle Care. Operating electronic devices or

being near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire pressure condition. Seeyour dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC messagecomes on and stays on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

5. When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall. SeeTire Sidewall Labeling 0 263 andVehicle Load Limits 0 170.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressurewhile the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center of

the valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.


Vehicle Care 273. The battery of the TPMS sensor

is low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.

See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle in ServiceMode. See Ignition Positions0 174.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo display option is turned on.The info displays on the DICcan be turned on and offthrough the Options menu. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 116.

4. Use the five-way DIC controlon the right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 116.

5. Press and hold SEL in thecenter of the five-way DICcontrol.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat Step 7.


274 Vehicle Care

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat Step 7. Thehorn sounds two times toindicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km/7,500 mi. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 306.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 275 andWheel Replacement 0 280.


Vehicle Care 275

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tireson the front and rear.

Different tire sizes should not berotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating tires of the same sizeinstalled on all four wheelpositions.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 267 andVehicle Load Limits 0 170.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 270.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 321.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening withwheel bearing grease after awheel change or tire rotation toprevent corrosion or rustbuild-up. Do not get grease onthe wheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.


276 Vehicle Care

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 274 andTire Rotation 0 274.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after six

years, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle for

at least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If the


Vehicle Care 277

tires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 263.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 274. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed rated

tires. Never exceed the wintertires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 269.


278 Vehicle Care

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 170.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 276 andAccessories and Modifications0 221.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:


Vehicle Care 279

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.


280 Vehicle Care

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, rear differential, bumperheight, vehicle ground clearance,and tire or tire chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 281 formore information.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


Vehicle Care 281

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash. Use anothertype of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it forthe vehicle's tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, driveslowly and readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the rear tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIf the vehicle has run-flat tires, thereis no need to stop on the side of theroad to change a flat tire. SeeRun-Flat Tires 0 261.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tire.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

It is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 259. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off

the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if the

(Continued)


282 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

vehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If this vehicle does not have run-flattires and a tire goes flat, avoidfurther tire and wheel damage bydriving slowly to a level place, welloff the road, if possible.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 132.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant kitand the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tire has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tire, see Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 282.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 182.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructions

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 283

Warning (Continued)

and inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 329.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge


284 Vehicle Care

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 132.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 281 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 289.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.


Vehicle Care 285

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 94.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 267.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor


286 Vehicle Care

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 329.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the


Vehicle Care 287

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 329.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister

4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 132.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 281 forother important safety warnings.


288 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 289.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 94.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 267.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressure

reading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 329.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 289

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressor kitis in a bag in the trunk.

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk0 21.

2. Remove the load floor.

3. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit bag from thestorage foam.

4. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from the bag.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 246.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTER

(Continued)


290 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

HANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 220 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Good Battery Positive Post2. Good Battery Negative Post3. Discharged Battery

Negative Grounding Point

4. Discharged BatteryPositive Post

The jump start positive post (1) andnegative post (2) are on the batteryof the vehicle providing the jumpstart.

The jump start positive post (4) andthe negative grounding point (3) forthe discharged battery are on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under ared cover. Remove the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.


Vehicle Care 291

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. SeeShifting Into Park 0 179 with anautomatic transmission,or Parking (ManualTransmission) 0 181 with amanual transmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to theunderhood remote positive (+)terminal on the dischargedbattery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theunderhood negative (–)grounding point for thedischarged battery.


292 Vehicle Care

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire. Use tire skates ordollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Donot use a sling type lift to tow thevehicle. This could damage thevehicle.

Caution

If the vehicle cannot be shiftedinto Neutral (N), do not use thetow eye to tow the vehicle.Vehicle damage may occur.


Vehicle Care 293

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

For Camaro High Performancemodels, see the Camaro HighPerformance supplement.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 294.

Front Attachment Points(L4 and V6 Models)

The vehicle is equipped withspecific attachment points to beused by the towing provider. Theseholes may be used to pull thevehicle from a flat road surface ontothe flatbed tow truck.

Tow Eye Hook (V8 Models)

Removal and Installation – TowHook Covers

The vehicle is equipped with a toweye that can be used to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrier

from a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

The tow eye is located underneaththe load floor, near the tire sealantand compressor kit, if equipped.

1. Release Slot2. Right Side Tabs3. Lower Tab

To remove the tow hook covers:

1. Place a plastic tool in theslot (1) and pry the coverloose. Use care to not scratchthe cover or grille.


294 Vehicle Care

2. Pull the cover away from thegrille and unhook the lowertab (3) and right side tabs (2).

3. Install the tow eye into thesocket by turning it until itstops.

To install the tow hook covers:

1. Remove the tow eye.

2. Align the cover using the rightside tabs (2).

3. Push the cover toward thegrille. Align the lower tab (3) tothe grille.

4. Push the area around theslot (1) to secure the cover.

Recreational VehicleTowing

Caution

Dolly towing or dinghy towing thevehicle may cause damagebecause of reduced groundclearance. Always put the vehicleon a flatbed truck or trailer.

The vehicle was neither designednor intended to be towed with any ofits wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, see Towingthe Vehicle 0 292.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316.

Washing the Vehicle

For the Camaro High Performancevehicle, see the Camaro Highperformance supplement.

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it would

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 295

Caution (Continued)

not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained fromyour dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle,wheels and ground effects.Automatic car washes are notrecommended, due to lack ofclearance for the undercarriageand/or wide rear tires and wheels.

If using an automatic car wash,comply with the car washinstructions. The windshield wiperand rear window wiper, if equipped,must be off. Remove any

accessories that may be damagedor interfere with the car washequipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasive


296 Vehicle Care

cleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chrome,or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Convertible Top Care

Frequently hand wash convertibletops with mild car wash soap. Neveruse a stiff brush, steam, bleach,or aggressive cleaners.If necessary, a soft brush can beused to remove dirt. When finishedcleaning, thoroughly rinse the fabric.Avoid automatic car washes withoverhead brushes or very highpressure sprays as they can causedamage and leaking.

Only lower the top when it iscompletely dry and avoid leavingthe top lowered for extendedperiods of time to prevent excessiveinterior weathering.

Avoid leaving large amounts ofsnow on the top for extendedperiods of time as damage may alsooccur.


Vehicle Care 297

Hood Extractor

Hood Air Extractor

For the Camaro High Performancevehicle, see the Camaro Highperformance supplement.

It is not recommended that the airextractor on the SS PerformancePackage be waxed, as it will changethe gloss level of the surface. Inaddition, care must be used whenwaxing around the air extractor. If asmall amount of wax is applied tothe extractor it can create anirregular appearance in the surfaceof the panel.

The air extractor may have ventscreens in the openings. Keepleaves or other debris out of thevent screens.

Caution

Pushing on the vent screenscould damage them. Do not pushon the screens when clearing.

There is a water deflector on theunderside of the air extractor. Donot remove it.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.


298 Vehicle Care

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 316.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such asdust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.


Vehicle Care 299

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses silicon carbidetire/wheel cleaning brushes.Damage could occur and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, andsteel fuel door hinge unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from the

underbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash the rearaxle output seals. High pressurewater can overcome the seals andcontaminate the rear axle fluid.Contaminated fluid will decrease thelife of the axle and should bereplaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoid


300 Vehicle Care

corrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per

3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.


Vehicle Care 301

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do not


302 Vehicle Care

use bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently changethe appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.


Vehicle Care 303

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two hook-type retainers.

Removing and Replacing theDriver Side Floor Mat

1. Pull up on the rear of the matto remove it from the hooks.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and hook intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat doesnot interfere with the pedals.


304 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 304

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 306

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 319

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as oilchanges and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 305

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be morefrequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 170.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeRecommended Fuel (3.6LV6 Engine) 0 213 orRecommended Fuel (2.0L L4Turbo Engine and 6.2LV8 Engine) 0 213 orRecommended Fuel (6.2L V8Supercharged Engine) 0 214.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 221.



MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 229.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 267.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 274.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 243.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message displays, have theengine oil and filter changed withinthe next 1 000 km/600 mi. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil and

filter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System 0 232.

Engine Air Filter Change

When the REPLACE AT NEXT OILCHANGE message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the next engine oil change. Whenthe REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTERSOON message displays, theengine air filter should be replacedat the earliest convenience. Resetthe engine air filter life system afterthe engine air filter is replaced. SeeEngine Air Filter Life System (2.0LLTG and 3.6L LGX Engines Only)0 234.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 274.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 229 andEngine Oil Life System 0 232.

. If equipped with the engine airfilter life system, check the airfilter life percentage.If necessary, replace the engineair filter and reset the engine air



filter life system. See Engine AirFilter Life System (2.0L LTG and3.6L LGX Engines Only) 0 234.If the vehicle is not equippedwith the engine air filter lifesystem, inspect the engine aircleaner filter. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter 0 235.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 237.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 243.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 267.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 274.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 294.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 294.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 56.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 294.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 247.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control Function Check0 247.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) Mechanism Check0 247.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen is low, service the gasstrut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 249.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 282.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 33.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Checkengine air filter life percentage and status.Change engine air filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Except 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT4 Engines: Replacespark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/orboots.

@

Only 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT4 Engines: Replacespark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/orboots.

@ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Change rear axle fluid, if equipped withlimited-slip differential. (6) @ @ @

Change rear axle fluid, without limited-slipdifferential. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (9) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 235.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 237.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Do not directly power wash therear axle output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the rear axlefluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the axle andshould be replaced.



(7) If equipped with an automatictransmission, replace brake fluidevery five years. If equipped with amanual transmission, replace brake/clutch fluid every three years. SeeBrake Fluid 0 244.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 248.

(9) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 249.

(10) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Checkengine air filter life percentage and status.Change engine air filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine airfilter life system, replace engine air cleanerfilter. (3)

@ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @

Except 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT1 Engines: Replacespark plugs. Inspect spark plug wiresInspectspark plug wires and/or boots..

@

Only 2.0L LTG and 6.2L LT1 Engines: Replacespark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/orboots.

@ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

Replace rear axle fluid. (6) @ @ @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (9) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 235.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 237.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Do not directly power wash therear axle output seals. Highpressure water can overcome theseals and contaminate the axlefluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the axle andmay drive the need for repair orreplacement.

(7) If equipped with an automatictransmission, replace brake fluidevery five years. If equipped with amanual transmission, replace brake/clutch fluid every three years. SeeBrake Fluid 0 244.

(8) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 248.

(9) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 249.

(10) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 294.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies powerto start the engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 316 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 300 andExterior Care 0 294.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.


Service and Maintenance 315. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

If the vehicle is a Camaro High Performance model, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Camaro HighPerformance supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can beobtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Automatic Transmission (10 Speed) DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Cooling System 0 237.

Engine Oil (2.0L L4 and 3.6LV6 Engines)

Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil0 229.

Engine Oil (6.2L V8 Engine) Engine oil meeting the dexos2 specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos2 is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 229.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, inCanada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Manual Transmission (L4 andV6 Engines)

DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Manual Transmission (V8 Engine) Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 88861800, inCanada 88861801).

Parking Brake Cable Guides Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Rear Axle (L4 and V6 Engines withAutomatic Transmission)

Dexron non-LSD Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88863089, in Canada 88863090).

Rear Axle (L4 and V6 Engines withManual Transmission)

Dexron LS Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625).

Rear Axle (V8 Engine) Dexron LS Gear Oil (GM Part No. 88862624, in Canada 88862625).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

For Camaro High Performance models, see the Camaro High Performance supplement.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 20857930 A3178C

3.6L V6 Engine 20857930 A3178C

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 23323508 A3223C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12696048 PF64

3.6L V6 Engine 12693541 UPF63R

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 12622441 41-114

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 55.8 cm (22 in) 8461373 —

Passenger Side – 50.8 cm (20 in) 8458085 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


320 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Service Parts Identification . . . 320

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 324

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 321 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentificationThere may be a large barcode onthe certification label on the centerpillar that you can scan for thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options

If there is not a large barcode onthis label, then you will find thissame information on a label insideof the trunk.


Technical Data 321

Vehicle DataCapacities and SpecificationsFor Camaro High Performance models, see the Camaro High Performance supplement.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Engine Cooling System*

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) 7.8 L 8.2 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) 9.6 L 10.1 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Engine Oil Cooler, withoutAuxiliary Cooler

10.1 L 10.7 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler 13.7 L 14.5 qt

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) without Auxiliary Cooler 11.6 L 12.3 qt

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) with Auxiliary Cooler 13.2 L 13.9 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with Integrated Engine Oil Cooler 4.7 L 5.0 qt

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) with External Engine Oil Cooler 5.2 L 5.5 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) without Auxiliary Cooler 5.2 L 5.5 qt


322 Technical Data

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) with Auxiliary Cooler 5.7 L 6.0 qt

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 9.5 L 10.0 qt

Fuel Tank 72.0 L 19.0 gal

Rear Axle Fluid

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Automatic Transmission 0.5 L 0.53 qt

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) Manual Transmission 1.1 L 1.2 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Automatic Transmission 0.5 L 0.53 qt

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) Manual Transmission 1.1 L 1.2 qt

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 1.1 L 1.2 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.


Technical Data 323

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine (LTG) X AutomaticManual

0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

3.6L V6 Engine (LGX) S AutomaticManual

0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–0.035 in)

6.2L V8 Engine (LT1) 7 AutomaticManual

0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)

Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damagethe spark plug.


324 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing




For Camaro High Performancemodels, see the Camaro HighPerformance supplement.


Customer Information 325

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 328Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 328GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 332Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 337OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 338

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


326 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One



and Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows access to videos,articles, and vehicle health specificto your Chevrolet as well as yourOnStar Account information all inone place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 320.

H : Compare and shop forChevrolet and OnStar plans andServices. View GM Card andSiriusXM information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) mychevrolet.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre atmychevrolet.ca (English) ormy.chevrolet.ca (French) to accesssimilar benefits to the U.S. site.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number

. Telephone number of yourlocation

. Location of the vehicle

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.


330 Customer Information. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warranty

event, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws

. Legal fines

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You will



receive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM. If U.S. customers arrangetheir own transportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel, rentalvehicle insurance, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair are alsoyour responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 329.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number


334 Customer Information. Vehicle make, model, and

model year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 62.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and with

Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811 or01-800-508-0000.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven or used. Forexample, the vehicle uses computermodules to monitor and controlengine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy them in a crash, and,if equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle or to help GMimprove safety or features. Somemodules may also store data abouthow the vehicle is operated, such asrate of fuel consumption or averagespeed. These modules may retainpersonal preferences, such as radiopresets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

CybersecurityGM collects information about theuse of your vehicle includingoperational and safety relatedinformation. We collect thisinformation to provide, evaluate,improve, and troubleshoot ourproducts and services and todevelop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronicssystems and customer data fromunauthorized outside electronicaccess or control is important toGM. GM maintains appropriatesecurity standards, practices,guidelines and controls aimed atdefending the vehicle and thevehicle service ecosystem againstunauthorized electronic access,detecting possible malicious activityin related networks, and respondingto suspected cybersecurity incidentsin a timely, coordinated and effectivemanner. Security incidents couldimpact your safety or compromiseyour private data. To minimizesecurity risks, please do not connectyour vehicle electronic systems tounauthorized devices or connect

your vehicle to any unknown oruntrusted networks (such asBluetooth, WIFI or similartechnology). In the event yoususpect any security incidentimpacting your data or the safeoperation of your vehicle, pleasestop operating your vehicle andcontact your dealer.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;


338 Customer Information. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected and transmitted throughthe OnStar system. This includesinformation about the vehicle’soperation; collisions involving thevehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features, including infotainment;and the location and approximateGPS speed of the vehicle. Refer tothe OnStar Terms and Conditionsand Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information0 341.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


OnStar 339

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

OnStar Overview

Q Voice Command Button

| Blue OnStar Button

U Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency serviceproviders. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press |twice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

Press| or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


340 OnStar

PressQ to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

Press| to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

PressU to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

PressU for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


OnStar 341

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press| to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

Press| to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

Press| and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, and Roadside Assistanceare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


342 OnStar

. Press| to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

Press| to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressing| orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


OnStar 343

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.Press| and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. Press| to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 218. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,


344 OnStar

security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or press| to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://opensource.lge.com/index

www.onstar.com/us/en/

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee ishereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OR


OnStar 345

OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, useor other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed

Gordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exceptionto this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must not


346 OnStar

be misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permissionof Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Connected Services 347

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

Press| to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press| to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, pressQ to open the

OnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles pressQas follows.

Cancel Route

1. PressQ. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat



348 Connected Services

2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Press| then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile application.Make these passwords differentfrom each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, pressQ to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, press| or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some


Connected Services 349

vehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,

factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle’s key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemychevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


350 Index

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 181Active Rev Match . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 218Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 235Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .143, 146Air Filter

Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Passenger Sensing System . . . .64What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .59

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Passenger Status Indicator . . . 108Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 210

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 191

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 206


Index 351

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 143Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Shift Lock Control Function

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

BBattery

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Battery - North America . . . .246, 289Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 248Boost Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Brake

Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .111

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Brakes (cont'd)Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 173Bulb Replacement

Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 252

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94California

Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .220, 246, 289,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Carbon Monoxide

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Carbon Monoxide (cont'd)Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 90Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Charging

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 109Check

Engine Light (MalfunctionIndicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .72Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83, 85Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


352 Index

Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 332Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 200Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 282Connected Services

Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 348

ControlTraction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Coolant

Engine Temperature Gauge . . 105Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143, 146Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 328Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Customer Information

Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 332Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Collection

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 338OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 337Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Diagnostics

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 349Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 324Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 205Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Driving

Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 153Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 167If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 169Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 156Track Events and

Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 170Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


Index 353

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 192Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 112Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Electrical System

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 253Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Emergency

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Engine

Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Check Light (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 224Coolant Temperature

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 104Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Engine (cont'd)Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 182Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 234Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 337Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 130Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

FFilter,

Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 235Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 132Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Fluid

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 233Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .48

FuelAdditives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Economy, Driving for Better . . . 153Filling a Portable Fuel

Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .115Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 181Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Recommended . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

FusesEngine Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 253Rear Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249


354 Index

GaugesBoost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Engine Coolant

Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 104Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 304Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 132Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Headlamps (cont'd)Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . .116High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 130Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . .116

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Heater

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143, 146High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 116High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 268Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 167Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 193Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143, 146

Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Indicator

Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Infants and Young Children,

Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Information

Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 334Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 27Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 8Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 263


Index 355

LampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 131Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Malfunction Indicator

(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 211Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Latches, Seatback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 133LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Lights (cont'd)Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .111Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Check Engine (Malfunction

Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . .112Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .115Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 130Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 107Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 202Locks

Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Locks (cont'd)Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 115Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

MMaintenance

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 306

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 109Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Matching

Active Rev . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Messages

Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124


356 Index

Messages (cont'd)Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Automatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 27Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

NNavigation

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 347Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 173

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 232Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 104Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 70Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 328OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Outlets

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Overview

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

PPark

Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 247

Parking (cont'd)Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 181

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 206

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 64Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 221Performance Data

Recorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Power

Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 179Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 55Privacy

Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 337


Index 357

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 331

Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .220, 246, 289,

Back CoverPublication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 335Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 206Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Recommended

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 294Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 70Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 336General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Ride Control Systems

Limited Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 202Roads

Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 324Run-Flat Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Running the Vehicle While

Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 336General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 331Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .56Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .55

Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47


358 Index

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .48Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .43Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 83, 85Security

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 221Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 319Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 331

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 210Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Special Application Services . . . . 312Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 16Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 247Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

StorageRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Storage AreasCenter Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Storage Areas (cont'd)Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 89Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . 234Forward Collision

Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137, 338

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 328Theater Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 25

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259


Index 359

Tires (cont'd)All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Pressure Monitor Operation . . 270Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 269Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Terminology and Definitions . . 265Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 280When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Tires (cont'd)Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Towing

General Information . . . . . . . . . . 217Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 294Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 157

TractionControl System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . .114Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . 202Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

UUniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 278Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Identification Number (VIN) . . . 320Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 113Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 289

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106


360 Index

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .111Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 280Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 76Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Windshield

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 248Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

84295534 A

2020

2020

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84295534A_2019MAY23.ai 1 4/11/2019 1:49:04 PM20_CHEV_Camaro_COV_en_US_84295534A_2019MAY23.ai 1 4/11/2019 1:49:04 PM

Documents

2020 Chevrolet Camaro Owner's Manual | Chevrolet Canada · 2020-01-29 · Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual. This manual describes features that may or may